25.04.2013 Views

Physical Evidence Handbook - Crime Scene Investigator Network

Physical Evidence Handbook - Crime Scene Investigator Network

Physical Evidence Handbook - Crime Scene Investigator Network

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

<strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

<strong>Handbook</strong><br />

7th Edition<br />

Wisconsin Department of Justice<br />

State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratories


<strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Evidence</strong> <strong>Handbook</strong><br />

7th Edition<br />

Wisconsin Department of Justice<br />

State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratories


Please direct orders to:<br />

Wisconsin Department of Administration<br />

Document Sales Unit<br />

202 S Thornton Avenue<br />

PO Box 7840<br />

Madison, WI 53707-7840<br />

Prepayment is required. Checks should be payable to:<br />

Wisconsin Department of Administration<br />

VISA ® or MasterCard ® orders are also accepted.<br />

Call 1-800-DOC-SALE (362-7253) to place a credit card order.<br />

Local customers may place credit card orders by calling 264-9419.<br />

For general information, please call: (608) 266-3358.<br />

Copyright © 2003 by the State of Wisconsin Department of Justice.<br />

All rights reserved.<br />

May not be reproduced in part or in whole in any form without the express permission of<br />

the Department of Justice.<br />

Printed in the United States of America<br />

____________________<br />

First Edition - 1968<br />

Second Edition - 1973<br />

Third Edition - 1981<br />

Fourth Edition - 1987<br />

Fifth Edition - 1993<br />

Sixth Edition - 2001<br />

Seventh Edition - 2003<br />

____________________


Table of Contents<br />

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i<br />

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii<br />

1. Bloodborne Pathogens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1<br />

2. <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5<br />

3. Field Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25<br />

4. Photography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27<br />

5. Videotapes and Audiotapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53<br />

6. Body Fluid Stains and Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57<br />

7. Firearms and Ammunition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63<br />

8. Casts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71<br />

9. Latent and Inked Prints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79<br />

10. Footwear and Tire Impressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99<br />

11. Burglary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103<br />

12. Building Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109<br />

13. Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113<br />

14. Woods and Sawdust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117<br />

15. Tool Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119<br />

16. Paints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125<br />

17. Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129<br />

18. Clothing and Fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131<br />

19. Fracture and Tear Matches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133<br />

20. Autopsy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135<br />

21. Identification of Unknown Deceased . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143<br />

22. Dental Identification of Human Remains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149<br />

23. Bite Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159<br />

24. Sexual Offenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163<br />

25. Hairs and Fibers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169<br />

26. Toxicology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173<br />

27. Poisoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179<br />

28. Drug Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183<br />

29. Arson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193<br />

30. Explosives, Bombs, Fireworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197<br />

31. Soils and Sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201<br />

32. Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205<br />

33. Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215<br />

34. Computer <strong>Evidence</strong> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229<br />

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235


Preface<br />

The need for proper recognition, collection, and preservation of<br />

physical evidence is apparent to all who are involved in the criminal<br />

justice system. <strong>Physical</strong> evidence can directly or indirectly lead to the<br />

solution of a crime. Charging and prosecution decisions may be affected<br />

by the quality of the physical evidence supporting the case. United States<br />

and Wisconsin Supreme Court decisions have placed great emphasis<br />

upon physical evidence in criminal cases.<br />

The Wisconsin State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratories provide an important link<br />

between collection and court presentation of such evidence—most<br />

agencies within the state rely on the Laboratories for forensic<br />

examinations. It sometimes happens, however, that materials submitted<br />

to the Laboratory prove inadequate for proper analysis, or that improper<br />

collection or packaging methods destroy valuable evidence.<br />

It is unrealistic to expect that all submitters will know how to<br />

collect evidence in the manner required by the Laboratory, however,<br />

submitters should have at least general knowledge of proper techniques<br />

to guide them.<br />

This handbook is offered in the belief that increased knowledge<br />

leads to understanding and that understanding leads to excellence. It was<br />

written to provide information regarding the legal and Laboratory<br />

requirements surrounding collection and preservation of physical<br />

evidence.<br />

This handbook is not intended to be a comprehensive treatment of<br />

all of the factors involved in criminal investigation. Rather, it is a general<br />

procedural guide outlining methods for collecting and preserving<br />

physical evidence. Readers should keep in mind that the information and<br />

procedures presented here are intended to be used as guidelines when<br />

encountering other types of evidence not specifically covered.<br />

Because the laws and legal precedents concerning collection of<br />

physical evidence are subject to change, it is impossible to give specific,<br />

up-to-date information on acceptable procedures. It is, however, of the<br />

i


Preface<br />

utmost importance that great care be taken to use only approved methods<br />

when obtaining evidence of any kind. Therefore, it is imperative that<br />

during an investigation, close liaison be maintained between the<br />

prosecutor’s office and those persons responsible for the collection of<br />

physical evidence.<br />

The staff of the State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratories has revised and updated<br />

this 6th edition of the <strong>Handbook</strong> in the hope that it will continue to be of<br />

value to our users. Grateful acknowledgement is made to former<br />

Laboratory staff members for their many contributions to the work, to our<br />

colleagues in other crime Laboratories who have offered valuable<br />

comments and suggestions.<br />

ii


Introduction<br />

State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratories<br />

There are three crime laboratories within the Division of Law<br />

Enforcement Services, Wisconsin Department of Justice:<br />

State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory-Madison<br />

4706 University Avenue<br />

Madison, WI 53705-2174<br />

Phone: (608) 266-2031<br />

Fax: (608) 267-1303<br />

State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory-Milwaukee<br />

1578 South 11th Street<br />

Milwaukee, WI 53204-2860<br />

Phone: (414) 382-7500<br />

Fax: (414) 382-7507<br />

State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory-Wausau<br />

7100 West Stewart Avenue<br />

Wausau, WI 54401-8410<br />

Phone: (715) 845-8626<br />

Fax: (715) 848-5833<br />

The first Wisconsin State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory, located in Madison,<br />

was created by the Legislature in 1947. A second laboratory was opened<br />

in the Milwaukee area in 1975. In 1991, the Wausau facility opened (See<br />

map in Chapter 3). These laboratories provide technical assistance in<br />

criminal matters when requested by authorized parties.<br />

iii


Introduction<br />

Staff and Services<br />

The Laboratory 1 provides specialists in the fields of Drug<br />

Identification, DNA, Toxicology, Trace <strong>Evidence</strong> 2, Questioned<br />

Documents, Identification (finger, foot, and palm prints, and footwear),<br />

Firearms, Toolmarks, Imaging, Computer <strong>Evidence</strong>, and <strong>Crime</strong> <strong>Scene</strong><br />

Assistance. The experienced staff examines and identifies materials such<br />

as suspected accelerants, drugs, explosive residues, fingerprints, fibers,<br />

glass, metals, paints, poisons, biological stains, and soils to extract as<br />

much information as possible.<br />

The Laboratory examines questioned 3 materials and compares<br />

them with known4 materials to determine whether or not the source is the<br />

same, or whether or not a relationship exists. The Laboratory’s findings<br />

may serve to focus an investigation in an entirely different area from that<br />

originally thought to be most significant.<br />

At present, the laboratories located in Madison and Milwaukee are<br />

full service facilities while the Wausau laboratory supports Drug<br />

analysis, Fingerprint/Footwear analysis, Imaging, Audio Tape<br />

Enhancement, and Field Response.<br />

______________________________<br />

1 The capitalized term “Laboratory” is used in this handbook to refer specifically to the Wisconsin<br />

State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratories.<br />

2 Where “Trace” or “Trace <strong>Evidence</strong>” is used in this book, the term refers to minute particles that<br />

normally require the use of a microscope for preparation and/or manipulation for further physical<br />

and chemical testing (examples: explosive residues, fibers, glass, metal fragments, paint, and soil).<br />

3 Where “questioned” is used in this book with reference to evidence of any type, it refers to<br />

evidence or material of an unknown or unacknowledged source. Example: paint chips recovered<br />

from clothing of a victim of a hit-and-run vehicle accident would be questioned material.<br />

4 Where “known” is used in this book with reference to evidence of any type, the term refers to<br />

genuine evidence or material from a known or acknowledged source which is to be compared to<br />

unknown or questioned material. Example: paint scrapings from a suspect automobile to be used<br />

for comparison with paint chips from hit-and-run victim, would be known material. “Knowns”<br />

can consist of blood, paper, grease, wood, handwriting, etc.<br />

iv


Procedure For Requesting Aid<br />

Introduction<br />

The Laboratory is authorized to participate in a criminal<br />

investigation only at the request of authorized governmental officials (see<br />

table). Services of the Laboratory are available to the defendant in a<br />

felony action upon his or her request and with the approval of the<br />

presiding judge (Wis.Stat. §165. 79(1)). The Laboratory also cooperates<br />

with federal and other state agencies.<br />

Governmental Officials Authorized<br />

to Request Laboratory Assistance<br />

(Wis. Stat. §165.75(3)(b))<br />

___________________________________________<br />

Sheriff Chief of Police<br />

Coroner Attorney General<br />

Medical Examiner Governor<br />

District Attorney Head of any State Agency<br />

___________________________________________<br />

The head of any Wisconsin State department may request investigations.<br />

In such cases, the services provided by the Laboratory shall be<br />

limited to the fields of health, welfare, and law enforcement responsibility<br />

which has by statute been vested in the particular state department.<br />

Examples of such state departments include the Department of Natural<br />

Resources, the Department of Agriculture, the Department of Health and<br />

Family Services, and others.<br />

When laboratory assistance is desired, it is suggested that the<br />

district attorney of the appropriate county be advised that an investigation<br />

is being undertaken and the Laboratory’s services are needed and<br />

requested. The Department is authorized by statute to decline to provide<br />

Laboratory service in any matter not involving a potential felony charge.<br />

v


Introduction<br />

Technical Support<br />

Whether or not it may accept a case, the Laboratory is available for<br />

consultation. If in doubt, law enforcement officials are urged to<br />

communicate with the Laboratory for advice, counsel, and/or recommendations<br />

relative to the particular problems confronting them in their<br />

investigation. The Laboratories are open Monday through Friday, 7:45<br />

AM to 4:30 PM, except holidays. Forensic Scientists are available 24<br />

hours a day to answer questions concerning evidence recognition,<br />

collection, and preservation. Contact the Laboratory in your service area.<br />

If unable to reach a Forensic Scientist or the Field Response Team after<br />

business hours, contact the Time Control Center at (608) 266-7633.<br />

Court Presentation of Findings<br />

In addition to returning a written report of scientific findings, staff<br />

members are authorized and qualified to appear in courts of law as expert<br />

witnesses. At preliminary hearings, a Forensic Scientist’s report can stand<br />

in place of an actual appearance. Wisconsin Statutes §970. 03 (12)(b)<br />

reads, in part:<br />

vi<br />

At any preliminary examination, a report of one of the crime<br />

laboratory’s ... findings with reference to ... the evidence<br />

submitted, certified as correct by the attorney general ... or a<br />

person designated by ... them, shall, when offered by the state or<br />

the accused, be received as evidence ... The expert who made the<br />

findings need not be called as a witness.<br />

A pretrial conference between the expert who conducted the<br />

examination and the prosecutor assigned the case, or with the defense<br />

attorney (if the expert is to appear as a witness for the defense) is<br />

recommended in all cases where expert testimony by a Forensic Scientist<br />

is presented at trial. Forensic Scientists are available for consultation and<br />

assistance in preparation of those portions of the case involving their<br />

testimony.


Field Services<br />

Introduction<br />

When requested by an authorized law enforcement official, the<br />

Laboratory provides field services to assist in processing crime scenes of<br />

major offenses. Mobile units are equipped to aid in the recognition,<br />

recovery, and preservation of physical materials which may have<br />

evidentiary value, and to transport these materials to the Laboratory for<br />

processing. Laboratory personnel are not vested with power of arrest and,<br />

therefore, require that suitable law enforcement personnel be present to<br />

protect and assist laboratory personnel when processing scenes for<br />

physical evidence.<br />

Informational and Training Services<br />

The Laboratory presents training programs and seminars<br />

throughout the state for law enforcement, professional, and medical<br />

groups. Special training sessions for law enforcement officers may be<br />

held at the local level from time to time when deemed feasible. Requests<br />

for training by Laboratory personnel should be made through the<br />

Training Coordinator at the Wausau Laboratory.<br />

Special articles are written by the Laboratory staff when warranted.<br />

Often these articles appear in the Law Enforcement Bulletin, published by<br />

the Wisconsin Department of Justice. If you are interested in receiving a<br />

subscription, contact the Division of Law Enforcement Services at (608)<br />

266-7751. Ask to speak with the Bulletin Editor.<br />

District attorneys, coroners, sheriffs, chiefs of police, and members<br />

of their staffs are invited to visit our Laboratories for an informational<br />

tour when in Madison, Milwaukee, or Wausau. If desired and if advance<br />

arrangements are made, the staff is available to explain and demonstrate<br />

some of the scientific methods used in collecting, preserving, and<br />

processing evidence. Laboratory tours are limited to law enforcement<br />

personnel and to technical and professional groups by prior arrangement.<br />

vii


1<br />

Bloodborne Pathogens<br />

________________________________________________<br />

AIDS, hepatitis, and other diseases have brought public attention to<br />

the term bloodborne pathogens. Bloodborne pathogens are microorganisms<br />

present in blood, or other potentially infectious materials,<br />

which can cause illness or death. The Bloodborne Pathogen Control<br />

Exposure Plan is required by the State of Wisconsin. The purpose of this<br />

plan is to offer guidelines to minimize your chances of exposure to these<br />

pathogens.<br />

A basic premise of the plan is the use of universal precautions.<br />

This means all human blood and other potentially infectious materials are<br />

treated as infectious for HIV (Human Immunodeficiency Virus [AIDS])<br />

or HBV (Hepatitis B Virus).<br />

I. Bloodborne Exposure Control Plan<br />

Each agency is required to develop and implement a plan to<br />

encompass your needs in potential exposure situations. The plan should<br />

include training and information on the types of exposures, record<br />

keeping, engineering and work practice controls, personal protective<br />

equipment, housekeeping schedules, Hepatitis B vaccinations, postexposure<br />

evaluations, the use of biohazard labels and other means to aid<br />

in your protection.<br />

It is your employer’s responsibility to offer Hepatitis B<br />

vaccinations at no cost. Vaccination is not mandatory and you may<br />

refuse. However, vaccinations must be provided at no cost if you later<br />

change your mind.<br />

A copy of your agency’s Bloodborne Exposure Control Plan should<br />

be readily available. For more information on exposure control contact<br />

the Wisconsin Department of Commerce.<br />

The Laboratory has added this topic to the <strong>Handbook</strong> as a reminder<br />

to be aware of exposures. Disease may be spread when you are in contact<br />

1


1 - Bloodborne Pathogens<br />

with blood or other potentially infectious materials. Become familiar<br />

with your agency’s procedures for bloodborne pathogen exposure<br />

control. Actively implement these precautions for your own health and<br />

that of your co-workers.<br />

Other potentially infectious materials include, but are not limited to:<br />

2<br />

seminal fluid pleural fluid (lungs)<br />

vaginal secretions pericardial fluid (around heart)<br />

cerebrospinal fluid peritoneal fluid (abdominal)<br />

synovial fluid (joint) amniotic fluid (around fetus).<br />

Feces, nasal secretions, sweat, tears, vomit and urine (when they<br />

are not contaminated with blood) are not addressed under universal<br />

precautions. However, they can transmit other infectious diseases so<br />

caution is advised. Any body fluid must be handled with caution.<br />

II. General Guidelines<br />

A. Assess a situation beforehand and wear appropriate personal<br />

protective equipment (gloves, mask, goggles, shoe coverings,<br />

coveralls, etc.).<br />

B. Protect eyes, nose and mouth by using goggles and a mask.<br />

These provide a barrier to spraying, splashing or aerosol<br />

transmission of infectious materials.<br />

C. Gloves minimize the risk of infectious materials entering the<br />

body through a cut or other skin lesion. Most latex gloves have<br />

microscopic “holes” and openings. Double gloving (wearing<br />

two pair of gloves at the same time) and changing gloves<br />

frequently aids in protection.<br />

D. Wash your hands after removing gloves. Frequent hand<br />

washing is a good safety practice.<br />

E. Items that are soaked with blood or other body secretions<br />

should be carefully air dried. Dry in a manner that minimizes<br />

the exposure of other staff to the liquid or dried material.<br />

F. Do not assume that a dried sample is risk-free. Current research<br />

indicates that the infectious activity of some organisms persists<br />

more than several days after drying.


Bloodborne Pathogens - 1<br />

G. Minimize or avoid direct handling of contaminated sharp or<br />

pointed objects. Collect syringes in puncture-resistant, leakproof<br />

containers and attach a biohazard label. Never shear,<br />

break or bend a contaminated sharp.<br />

H. Smoking, drinking or eating at a crime scene is hazardous.<br />

Avoid these activities when handling evidence.<br />

3


4<br />

Notes


2<br />

<strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity<br />

_________________________________________________________<br />

In any criminal investigation, the validity of information derived<br />

from examination of the physical evidence depends entirely upon the care<br />

with which the evidence has been protected from contamination. In other<br />

words, if the evidence has been improperly collected, handled, or stored,<br />

its value may be destroyed and no amount of laboratory work will be of<br />

assistance. Therefore, it is important that items of evidence be collected,<br />

handled, and stored in a way that will ensure their integrity. In doing so,<br />

the likelihood is increased that useful information can be extracted by<br />

examination and that the item will be considered admissible in court<br />

proceedings.<br />

Protecting the <strong>Crime</strong> <strong>Scene</strong><br />

The first officer at the scene of a crime has several immediate<br />

responsibilities. As you near the scene, you should note persons and<br />

vehicles in the general area. This information may provide valuable leads<br />

later during the investigation. If persons are seen leaving the scene itself,<br />

attempt to obtain identification - either personally or by requesting that<br />

back-up officers do so.<br />

As the first officer on the scene, you must attempt to “freeze” the<br />

scene as closely as possible to the condition in which it was found. This<br />

means that no one is allowed to needlessly move about or alter the scene.<br />

Persons present - victims or witnesses - must be isolated or removed from<br />

the scene so that they do not purposely or inadvertently alter or destroy<br />

evidence.<br />

There are other responsibilities to fulfill. First, you must ensure<br />

your own safety and the safety of others. If there is any question in this<br />

regard, check the scene as soon as it can be done safely. The welfare of<br />

victims is also important. Render first aid if required, but do so in a way<br />

that minimizes destruction of evidence (e.g., do not cut through holes in<br />

clothing).<br />

5


2 - <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity<br />

Once these other responsibilities have been fulfilled, concern for<br />

the integrity of the scene becomes preeminent. The crime scene must be<br />

protected until all physical evidence has been collected. Consult a<br />

recognized text on crime scene investigation for detailed information on<br />

techniques of crime scene search, security, etc.<br />

One of the most difficult challenges is to exclude “official sightseers”:<br />

officers, superiors, or government officials who are not involved<br />

in processing the scene or investigating the incident but who demand to<br />

be admitted. Every attempt should be made to exclude such persons,<br />

explaining the potential consequences of disturbing the scene.<br />

It is a good practice to keep a crime scene log in which the name,<br />

department, and badge number or other identifying information of each<br />

person at the scene is recorded. The log should include the time of arrival<br />

and departure. If there is a later question regarding who was present, such<br />

a log is invaluable.<br />

6<br />

Fig. 2-1<br />

Example of a crime scene visitor log


Collection of <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

<strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity - 2<br />

It is important to properly collect, seal, and identify collected items<br />

for two reasons. First, you must be able to prove that the item introduced<br />

in court is the same item that was collected at the scene. Second, you<br />

must ensure that the item is not altered or contaminated between the time<br />

it is collected and the time it is examined forensically or entered as<br />

evidence. These objectives are best achieved by proper packaging and<br />

sealing of evidence.<br />

I. Packaging<br />

Packaging materials should protect the item from contamination,<br />

tampering, or alteration. To help select an appropriate packaging method,<br />

ask two questions:<br />

1. What information is sought from analysis?<br />

2. What could cause the item itself or the sample sought to<br />

deteriorate?<br />

With respect to the first question, ask yourself, “Why am I<br />

collecting this item? What piece of information might it give me that will<br />

help prove this case?” Knowing what you’re seeking will help to identify<br />

unacceptable packaging methods.<br />

Sometimes preservation of the underlying surface may be as<br />

important as preserving the evidence sought itself. Packaging materials<br />

should not cause deterioration. For instance, a shirt or pair of shoes<br />

should not be packaged in material that traps moisture. A certain amount<br />

of moisture is imparted during wear and if it cannot escape, samples may<br />

be destroyed and the item itself can eventually disintegrate.<br />

Therefore, items that might contain residual moisture should be<br />

packaged using a material that allows moisture to pass through-paper or<br />

cardboard. (Note: items for DNA examination should always be<br />

packaged in paper or cardboard, even if they appear dry.) Unless it is<br />

intended to be a liquid sample, items that are wet should be allowed to<br />

dry before being packaged and then packaged in paper or cardboard.<br />

On the other hand, there are occasions when a vapor-tight barrier is<br />

required. One example is when flammable liquid vapors are sought in fire<br />

debris. Such an item must be packaged in a vapor-impervious container.<br />

7


2 - <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity<br />

Another way that packaging could contribute to deterioration is<br />

through abrading the surface of the item, thereby removing surface<br />

deposits. Fingerprints can be obliterated by friction between the<br />

container and the item, for instance.<br />

Only new, unused materials should be used to package evidence. If<br />

the packaging has been previously used, trace evidence can be imparted<br />

to the item, negating the value of some examinations. Common<br />

packaging materials include: paper, cardboard, plastic, metal cans, and<br />

glass.<br />

A. Paper. Paper goods are appropriate packaging for many different<br />

types of items. Paper is porous-it allows water vapor to escape. As a<br />

result, it is the packaging of choice for items which may contain<br />

residual moisture (unless it is important that the vapors be trapped).<br />

Clothing and other cloth items which are to be examined for DNA<br />

evidence should always be packaged in paper; moisture can destroy<br />

the evidentiary value of these DNA samples.<br />

8<br />

Plant materials such as marijuana or mushrooms which are<br />

confiscated fresh, should be thoroughly dried before submission to<br />

the Laboratory. When stored in plastic, plant material will mold, or,<br />

with enough time elapsed, may decompose into a moldy ooze (see<br />

Drugs in the Form of Plant Material, Chapter 28, Drug Identification).<br />

Paper is also more appropriate than plastic for very small samples<br />

such as hairs, paint chips, and other small items. Surface treatments<br />

and static electricity may cause trace evidence to cling to plastic. This<br />

is not as great a problem with paper. The primary concern when using<br />

paper with trace samples is that the paper is securely folded and<br />

sealed so that the sample cannot escape through an opening.<br />

Bags. Paper bags come in many sizes. Bags are a good choice for<br />

bulky items. Choose a bag that is sized to the item-don’t use a fullsize<br />

grocery bag to collect a wrist watch or a paint chip. Bags may<br />

leak at the seams and corners, and may not be suitable for powdery<br />

evidence unless all possible openings are taped.<br />

Envelopes. Envelopes also come in a variety of sizes. Manila<br />

“coin envelopes” are good for small samples. Letter-size<br />

envelopes work well for many items. Large manila envelopes can<br />

be useful for larger moderately heavy items. Some manila<br />

envelopes designed to hold evidence are constructed with a clear


<strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity - 2<br />

acetate window which allows the contents to be viewed while<br />

retaining the breathability of paper. Like paper bags, envelopes<br />

may leak at the seams and may not be suitable for powdery<br />

evidence unless the seams are taped.<br />

B. Cardboard Boxes. Large cardboard boxes work well for heavy or<br />

bulky items. Unless they have a waxy finish, cardboard shares<br />

paper’s porous nature and is a good choice for items that might<br />

contain residual moisture or for DNA samples. Cardboard boxes<br />

should not be used for trace evidence or when the item is to be<br />

examined for trace evidence.<br />

Small “slide boxes” are useful for samples such as bullets and bullet<br />

fragments.<br />

Fig. 2-2<br />

Paper bags come in an assortment of sizes. It is wise to have an assortment of sizes<br />

available so that the bag can be sized to the item.<br />

9


2 - <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity<br />

10<br />

Fig. 2-3<br />

The large variety of envelopes available make it easy to match the item to<br />

an appropriately sized container.<br />

Fig. 2-4<br />

Some commercially available manila envelopes have a clear acetate<br />

window which allows inspection of the contents while retaining the<br />

advantages of paper.


<strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity - 2<br />

C. Plastic. Plastic has several obvious advantages: it has great strength<br />

for its weight and transparent plastic allows inspection of the<br />

contents. There are several disadvantages which must be respected,<br />

however.<br />

First, water vapor does not freely pass through plastic. Most evidence<br />

is adversely affected by prolonged exposure to water: steel will rust,<br />

cardboard or paper may decompose, biological materials (blood,<br />

semen, etc.) are destroyed, natural clothing materials (leather, wool,<br />

cotton) mold and degrade.<br />

Paradoxically, some vapors other than water can pass through plastic<br />

and therefore may allow sought-after samples to escape. See the next<br />

section, “Metal cans” for further details.<br />

Plastic is acceptable for items that you are certain are dry, especially<br />

plastics, paper, drug powders and tablets, etc.<br />

Fig. 2-5<br />

Example of condensation that can build in a sealed plastic bag. Plastic<br />

bags allow good visual access to the contents. They should only be used<br />

for items that are absolutely dry, such as powders, capsules, plastics, and<br />

so forth.<br />

11


2 - <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity<br />

D. Metal cans. New, clean paint cans are ideal for storing nonbiological<br />

samples that could evaporate. The most common examples<br />

are flammable liquid accelerants found in fire debris (e.g., gasoline,<br />

charcoal lighter fluid, etc.) It should be obvious that a previously<br />

used can is not acceptable; paints contain solvents that are similar to<br />

an arsonist’s accelerants. For the same reason, you should never reuse<br />

any evidence packaging materials, including cans.<br />

E. Glass vials and jars. Glass vials and jars are useful for liquid<br />

samples: blood, alcohol, flammable liquids, water and so forth.<br />

Blood samples should be collected by following instructions<br />

contained in <strong>Handbook</strong> chapters on Toxicology, DNA samples and<br />

Autopsy. The vial or jar must have a tight-fitting top and must be<br />

protected from breakage once collected.<br />

12<br />

As noted above, plastic allows hydrocarbon vapors to escape. Plastic<br />

may also be attacked and destroyed by high concentrations of vapors.<br />

For these reasons, volatile samples should only be stored in metal and<br />

never in plastic.<br />

Fig. 2-6<br />

New metal paint cans are usually available from paint wholesalers or<br />

retailers. Once again, use a can that is sized to the sample.


<strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity - 2<br />

Fig. 2-7<br />

Glass vials are available from hospital and scientific supply outlets.<br />

Fig. 2-8<br />

Use a new clean pipette to transfer liquids to glass vials. Use a rubber bulb<br />

or other device designed for the purpose of providing suction. Never use<br />

your mouth-the practice is dangerous and may contaminate the sample.<br />

13


2 - <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity<br />

This general discussion is intended to give guidance in situations<br />

where specific instructions are not provided elsewhere in the <strong>Handbook</strong>.<br />

Consult chapters dealing with specific types of cases or evidence and<br />

follow instructions given there, if they are provided.<br />

II. Sealing<br />

<strong>Evidence</strong> received by the Laboratory must be properly sealed.<br />

A proper seal provides proof that an item has not been accessible and<br />

therefore could not have been altered or contaminated during storage. The<br />

primary requisite of a good seal is that if it is tampered with, the<br />

tampering can be detected.<br />

There are many recognized sealing methods and a number are<br />

discussed below. All are used by the Laboratory. Methods of sealing<br />

evidence include: heat sealing in plastic, staples and tape, tamper-proof<br />

tapes, tamper proof adhesive strips, or a combination of these methods.<br />

14<br />

Fig. 2-9<br />

Use an indelible pen to write your initials across the heat seal to<br />

authenticate it. There are several different types of plastics that can be used<br />

with heat sealers, but each requires a different time/temperature<br />

combination. Make sure that you sufficiently heat the plastic to ensure the<br />

halves are fused together.


<strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity - 2<br />

A. Heat sealing. The heat sealing method partially melts the (plastic)<br />

packaging and fuses it together. When using this method, emboss an<br />

identifiable mark into the seal and use an indelible marker to write<br />

your initials across the seal. These markings provide evidence that<br />

the package was not opened and then resealed.<br />

B. Tape and staples. Cellophane or cloth tape can provide a tamperevident<br />

seal on some surfaces. However, tape on plastic does not<br />

provide an acceptable seal because it can be easily removed and<br />

replaced. Paper and other fibrous materials will adhere to the adhesive<br />

surface of the tape and tear, revealing tampering. The security of this<br />

method is improved by use of tapes with organizational names printed<br />

thereon (thereby limiting the number of persons who could reseal the<br />

item). Use an indelible pen to write your initials across the junction<br />

of the tape ends. If disturbed, it will be nearly impossible to<br />

reposition the tape so that it precisely matches.<br />

Fig. 2-10<br />

Close the opening of the container by folding over the opening more<br />

than once. Staple the fold in several places and cover the staples with<br />

tape. Use a wax seal or an indelible pen to write the sealers initials<br />

across the junction of the tape ends.<br />

15


2 - <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity<br />

16<br />

Do Not<br />

Place Seal<br />

in This Area<br />

Fig. 2-11<br />

An example of a cloth tape and wax seal across the junction of the tape ends,<br />

authenticated by impressing an identifying mark (usually a fingerprint). Do<br />

not place the seal over the manufacturer’s opening. The Laboratory attempts<br />

to leave the original seal in place, poor positioning will require its<br />

destruction to open.<br />

Fig. 2-12<br />

An example of a tamper-proof tape and a wax seal across the junction of<br />

the tape ends, authenticated by impressing an identifying mark (usually a<br />

fingerprint).


<strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity - 2<br />

C. Wax. One of the oldest methods to assure the authenticity of a seal is<br />

the use of sealing wax and an imprint across the junction of the tape<br />

ends. When used for sealing evidence, this is often combined with<br />

staples and white cloth tape: the opening of the package is closed,<br />

stapled, and secured with cloth tape; then, heated, liquid sealing wax<br />

is pooled over the junction of the tape ends and onto the packaging.<br />

When the sealing wax has cooled somewhat but is still soft and<br />

pliable, some object (usually a finger print) is impressed into the wax<br />

to leave a mark of authenticity. Be aware that wax does not adhere<br />

well to certain types of tape.<br />

D. Tamper-proof tapes. Tamper-proof tapes are destroyed by efforts to<br />

remove them. Traditionally, the security feature was created by a<br />

combination of a tenacious adhesive and a low tensile strength<br />

backing. Some new tapes change color or have words develop when<br />

disturbed. The tapes come both in long rolls and in short, individual<br />

strips.<br />

These tapes are advertised as providing tamper-proof seals on all<br />

surfaces. In reality, some brands of tape can be removed from plastic<br />

bags without evidence of tampering. Always check for permanence<br />

on an identical test object before using a particular tape. If the brand<br />

of tape or packaging is changed, retest.<br />

Fig. 2-13<br />

Tamper-proof tape is available from a number of suppliers and in several<br />

different forms.<br />

17


2 - <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity<br />

18<br />

Fig. 2-14<br />

Use an indelible pen to write the sealer’s initials across the junction of<br />

the tape ends. It is nearly impossible to reposition the tape correctly<br />

once disturbed.<br />

Fig. 2-15<br />

Use an indelible pen to write the sealer’s initials on the plastic bag over<br />

the adhesive seal.


<strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity - 2<br />

One advantage of tamper-proof tapes is that they are designed to<br />

shred or tear when pulled or stressed. This advantage is a potential<br />

disadvantage, however, if a mechanically strong joint is required.<br />

Unless somehow reinforced, the tape may spontaneously shred if<br />

stressed. When the tape joint may be strained, use another method to<br />

secure the joint (tape, staples, etc.) and then use tamper-proof tape<br />

across the joint.<br />

Some tamper-proof tapes will not adhere to very cold metal surfaces.<br />

E. Tamper-proof adhesive strip. Tamper-proof adhesive strips<br />

attached to plastic bags are a quick and easy method of sealing plastic<br />

bags. Remove the plastic protective cover from the adhesive and<br />

either squeeze the sides of the plastic bag together or on some bags<br />

fold the plastic flap over the adhesive strip and squeeze together.<br />

Write your initials on the plastic bag directly over the adhesive seal.<br />

Any attempt to disturb the seal results in distortion of the plastic bag<br />

and/or the initials.<br />

F. Staples. Stapling by itself is not a proper or acceptable method to<br />

seal evidence. However, it can be used in conjunction with other<br />

sealing materials. Be aware, exposed staples can present a sharps<br />

hazard.<br />

19


2 - <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity<br />

III. Chain of Custody<br />

The chain of custody is a written record that documents every<br />

person that had custody and control of an item from the time it was<br />

collected until its introduction into court. It allows the courts to question<br />

all persons who possessed an item regarding their handling procedures<br />

and the actions they took.<br />

The importance of a properly documented chain of custody cannot<br />

be overemphasized. The chain is often closely scrutinized. <strong>Evidence</strong> is<br />

challenged and sometimes rejected because of improper handling or<br />

documentation. Thus it is extremely important that proper methods be<br />

used in collecting, preserving, and documenting physical evidence.<br />

The chain should be no longer than necessary. Ideally, it should<br />

include only:<br />

20<br />

• The investigator who recovers the evidence<br />

• The departmental evidence custodian (in cases when the item is<br />

not immediately transported to the Laboratory by the recovering<br />

investigator)<br />

• The person who transports it to the Laboratory (if possible, one<br />

of the two preceding individuals)<br />

• The person (normally the evidence specialist) who receives the<br />

evidence at the Laboratory.<br />

• The Laboratory scientist who examines the evidence.<br />

• The person that retrieves it from the Laboratory (if possible, one<br />

of the first two individuals)


<strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity - 2<br />

Transmittal of Criminal <strong>Evidence</strong> form<br />

When submitting a new case or additional items for a case already<br />

submitted, a Transmittal of Criminal <strong>Evidence</strong> form must accompany the<br />

evidence (Fig. 2-16). This form supplies important details that are needed<br />

for <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory record management. It also ensures that reports of<br />

analysis will be associated with the correct offense. If your agency does<br />

not have these forms or if you have any questions about proper<br />

completion, contact the Laboratory in your service area. An electronic<br />

version of the Transmittal of Criminal <strong>Evidence</strong> form is available upon<br />

request from the Laboratory in your service area.<br />

Each offense should be submitted as a separate case. For instance, if<br />

fingerprints were found at three businesses burglarized on the same night<br />

in the same strip mall, each burglary could result in a separate criminal<br />

count. Therefore, each incident should be submitted on a separate form.<br />

In a drug case, if more than one buy/deal occurs involving the same<br />

suspect on the same day, the Laboratory considers each buy/deal a<br />

separate case which must be submitted on a separate transmittal form.<br />

Make sure all entries are legibly recorded. Hand printing or<br />

typewriting is preferred. If there are special instructions, note them on the<br />

Transmittal form or include them in a letter in the same envelope.<br />

Information to be supplied includes:<br />

1. Submitting Agency. Name of agency submitting case (Police<br />

Department, Sheriff’s Office, MEG Unit, etc.)<br />

2. Submitting Agency Case Number.<br />

3. City of Agency. Municipality where agency is located.<br />

4. County of Agency. County where agency is located.<br />

5. Date Transmitted. Date case is mailed/brought to the Laboratory.<br />

6. Offense Committed in City/Town/Village. If known.<br />

7. County of Offense. List only one county.<br />

8. Offense Date. Only one incident per transmittal form. Must be one<br />

specific date, not between a general time frame.<br />

21


2 - <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity<br />

9. Criminal Offense. List all charge(s) defendant(s) face. Be specific. In<br />

drug cases, this is typically possession, possession with intent,<br />

delivery, manufacturing, etc. In cases such as arson, burglary, or theft,<br />

be sure to indicate the type of property burned, burglarized, or stolen.<br />

10. Trial Date. Date of jury trial, if known.<br />

11. Victim(s). Victim(s) of the crime. In drug cases, there are usually no<br />

victims. In the case of multiple burglaries, each burglary is a<br />

separate case even though the same suspect(s) may be involved.<br />

Each victim must be listed on a separate transmittal form. If a<br />

business is involved, include name of business, owner and any<br />

employees involved; list the cashier in armed robbery, etc.<br />

12. Suspect(s). All suspect(s) in the crime, whether or not charged.<br />

13. Sex/Race. Sex and race of victim(s) and suspect(s). This information<br />

is necessary in sexual assault cases for both victim and suspect.<br />

14. Age/Date of Birth. Age and date of birth of victim(s) and suspect(s).<br />

15. Agency Exhibit Number. If submitting agency has a an exhibit<br />

number, item number or inventory number for the piece of evidence,<br />

it may be listed here.<br />

16. Number of Items. Number of pieces of evidence being submitted<br />

under your item number or inventory number.<br />

17. Item Description and Source. Brief description of evidence.<br />

18. Full Name of Submitting Officer. Full, printed name of officer<br />

submitting case. (No initials or nick names—i.e., James J. not J.J.;<br />

William not Bill.)<br />

19. Phone Number. Phone number of submitting agency.<br />

If evidence is mailed or shipped to the Laboratory, place the<br />

Transmittal of Criminal <strong>Evidence</strong> form in an envelope and attach it to the<br />

outside of the package.<br />

22<br />

A packaging checklist follows Figure 2-16.


<strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity - 2<br />

Fig. 2-16<br />

Transmittal of Criminal <strong>Evidence</strong> form<br />

Transmittal of Criminal <strong>Evidence</strong> form. The form is available upon request from the<br />

Laboratory in your service area. The form should be used whenever a case is submitted<br />

to the Laboratory.<br />

23


2 - <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity<br />

Packaging Checklist<br />

24<br />

Before shipping evidence ask yourself:<br />

• Has evidence been properly collected, preserved, and sealed for<br />

submission to the Laboratory (heat seals marked with the sealer’s<br />

initials, all tape seals marked with the sealer’s initials across the<br />

junction of the tape ends?<br />

• Has evidence, to include fingerprint cards, been properly sealed?<br />

• Has evidence been properly packaged for shipping to the<br />

Laboratory?<br />

• Has Transmittal of Criminal <strong>Evidence</strong> form been properly<br />

completed?<br />

• Has Transmittal of Criminal <strong>Evidence</strong> form been put in an<br />

envelope attached to the outside of the package?<br />

• When using certified mail, the envelope containing the<br />

Transmittal of Criminal <strong>Evidence</strong> form must be attached to the<br />

outside of the package.<br />

• When using registered mail, the edges of the envelope must be<br />

completely covered with brown paper tape.


3<br />

Field Service<br />

_________________________________________________________<br />

The Field Response unit provides field assistance in cases of<br />

priority, primarily death investigations. It is staffed and equipped to aid<br />

in the recognition, proper recovery, and preservation of physical<br />

materials which may have evidentiary value, and to transport those<br />

materials to the Laboratory for examination. Laboratory examinations<br />

are not conducted in the field.<br />

Field assistance may be requested by those governmental officials<br />

authorized to do so. (See table, below.)<br />

Governmental Officials Authorized to Request<br />

Laboratory Assistance<br />

(Wis. Stats §165. 75(3)(b))<br />

_______________________________________________<br />

Sheriff Chief of Police<br />

Coroner Attorney General<br />

Medical Examiner Governor<br />

District Attorney Head of any State Agency<br />

________________________________________________<br />

When field assistance is requested, it is important that the crime<br />

scene be protected and kept secured by law enforcement personnel. All<br />

personnel must remain outside the perimeter of the scene. The requesting<br />

agency should assign the officer most familiar with the case to assume<br />

responsibility for the investigation. Also, during the examination and<br />

processing of the crime scene, the officer who is assigned the case and<br />

other officers who have attended the death investigation and/or evidence<br />

technician courses, should be made available to assist the Laboratory<br />

personnel.<br />

Law enforcement agencies requesting assistance for crime scene<br />

investigations may contact the Madison and Wausau <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratories<br />

at the following telephone numbers:<br />

25


3 - Field Service<br />

26<br />

Agencies in the southern 24-county area served by the<br />

<strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory - Madison - (608) 266-2031 (24-hours a day)<br />

Agencies in the southeastern 8 county area served by the<br />

<strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory - Milwaukee - should contact the <strong>Crime</strong><br />

Laboratory - Madison - (608) 266-2031 (24-hours a day)<br />

Agencies in the northern 40-county area served by the<br />

<strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory - Wausau - (715) 845-8626 (24-hours a day)<br />

If unable to reach any of the Laboratories at any time call the<br />

Time Control Center at (608) 266-7633.<br />

Fig. 3-1<br />

Laboratory service areas.<br />

The Madison Laboratory field service area includes the Milwaukee Laboratory area.<br />

Agencies in the Milwaukee Laboratory areas should contact the Madison Laboratory for<br />

field service. For all other matters, agencies in the Milwaukee service area should contact<br />

the Milwaukee Laboratory.


4<br />

Photography<br />

_________________________________________________________<br />

The Forensic Imaging Unit provides analysis of photographic<br />

materials and physical evidence, using photographic and electronic<br />

imaging techniques. Limited analysis of videotapes, electronic images<br />

and computer enhancement of images is available.<br />

Photographic services provided include conventional and<br />

electronic imaging of physical evidence, either at the laboratory or on<br />

location. Preparation of demonstrative exhibits for court and<br />

processing/printing of color and black and white film are additional<br />

services accessible on a limited basis. Training for law enforcement<br />

agencies and consulting in forensic photography can be provided<br />

depending on availability of personnel.<br />

Requests for photographic analysis and services should be directed<br />

to the Forensic Imaging Unit of the Laboratory servicing your area. The<br />

unit leader will evaluate your request and advise your agency as to the<br />

quantity of evidence/material required, amount of time required to<br />

complete your request, type of accessory equipment or material required<br />

and submission procedures.<br />

Photographic Procedures and Techniques<br />

<strong>Evidence</strong> photography is indispensable to the evaluation, interpretation,<br />

and presentation of physical evidence. It is important that<br />

evidence photographs be of consistently high quality as well as a fair and<br />

accurate representation. The following recommendations have been<br />

compiled to produce photographs that meet these recommendations.<br />

27


4 - Photography<br />

I. Criminal Investigations<br />

A. General Guidelines<br />

28<br />

1. Upon arriving at the scene, the photographer should obtain all<br />

available information from either the first officer on the scene or<br />

the officer-in-charge. Using this information, the photographer<br />

should mentally decide what photographs are needed and in<br />

which order they are to be produced. Do not move or disturb any<br />

evidence, bodies or items within the boundaries of the scene<br />

before they have been photographed, measured, sketched and<br />

released for collection by the officer in charge.<br />

2. Do not take a suspect or any item of physical evidence that has<br />

been moved or disturbed back to the scene for photographic or<br />

other purposes.<br />

3. Do not include yourself, other persons, or any other object not<br />

part of the scene in the photographs. If positions need to be<br />

denoted in photographs, take a photograph without any<br />

alterations and then retake the photograph with inanimate<br />

markers in place. Be extremely careful not to disturb any items<br />

of evidence.<br />

4. Film or electronic medium are the cheapest part of processing a<br />

scene. A good axiom to follow is: If in doubt, photograph it!<br />

B. Procedures<br />

1. Determine a photographic starting point and progressively take<br />

photographs working your way into the scene. Photographs<br />

should maintain continuity between each other to present a<br />

“picture story” of the scene.<br />

2. Photograph rooms from each corner, with a minimum of four<br />

views. Additional photographs may be required of ceilings,<br />

floors, doorways or hallways if not covered in the four minimum<br />

views.<br />

3. Photograph bodies from all angles (be careful of distortion when<br />

photographing from head and feet) and overhead, if possible. Do<br />

not disturb body or clothing on body to take photographs. Body<br />

will be photographed and examined at autopsy.


Photography - 4<br />

4. <strong>Scene</strong>s should be photographed keeping four basic views in<br />

mind:<br />

a. OVERALL VIEWS - these show general locations,<br />

conditions and surroundings.<br />

1) Should be done at photographer’s eye level unless<br />

duplicating a witness’s point of view. Then the camera<br />

should be placed at height of the witness’s eyes and<br />

looking in their direction when event was witnessed.<br />

2) A large outdoor scene, a scene involving several<br />

buildings or a route used may require aerial photographs.<br />

3) All scenes should have 360 degree overall views looking<br />

toward the scene and looking away from the scene. If<br />

possible, include identifiers like street numbers, fire<br />

numbers, permanent reference points, etc. Structures<br />

should have all sides, surrounding areas and adjacent<br />

buildings photographed.<br />

4) Interior overall views, using the minimum four corner<br />

technique, should be produced of all rooms connected<br />

with the scene.<br />

b. MEDIUM VIEWS - these show a significant segment of the<br />

scene that has been previously recorded in the overall views.<br />

An example would be a body lying in the middle of the room.<br />

An overall view would show where the body was in relation<br />

to everything else in the room. A medium view would focus<br />

our attention to the particulars of that body to give details<br />

like type of clothing, position of extremities, items close to<br />

the body, etc.<br />

c. CLOSE-UP VIEWS - are used to specifically show position<br />

and detail. This would include items such as: a gun in<br />

relation to the hand, ejected cartridge cases, a bullet lodged<br />

in wall, ligatures, gags, bindings, entry damage to door jam,<br />

etc. Close-ups of all evidence should be accomplished before<br />

collection, measuring and sketching take place.<br />

d. SPECIFIC EVIDENCE VIEWS - these photographs<br />

selectively record an item of evidence or something peculiar<br />

29


4 - Photography<br />

30<br />

to that item. These views may be taken during the initial<br />

photography or after processing of the scene. Additional<br />

photographs may be necessary as evidence is discovered or<br />

processed. Some examples include: footwear/tire<br />

impressions, fingerprints, footprints, processed fingerprints<br />

before lifting, tool and pry marks, fabric impression, bite<br />

marks, serial numbers, etc.<br />

1) Can be very similar to a close-up view or may have been<br />

taken previously as a close-up view.<br />

2) Depending on type of evidence, photographs may be<br />

taken back at the agency after item has been collected<br />

from scene/autopsy.<br />

5. When the photographic recording of the scene has been<br />

completed, the photographer should confer with the officer-incharge<br />

and describe all the photographs that have been made.<br />

Take any additional photographs as directed by the <strong>Investigator</strong><br />

or officer-in-charge.<br />

C. Photographic Notes<br />

1. Generally, departmental policies will dictate what type of<br />

information the photographer needs to record. It is suggested that<br />

some type of “running” log be maintained.<br />

2. Log information that might be considered: frame number,<br />

photographer, date, case number, time started/ended, camera<br />

direction (use compass directions) and general description of<br />

item being photographed.<br />

3. Do not mix cases on a roll of film and do not discard your bad<br />

negatives, keep them as part of your log.<br />

4. Data backs may be used. Be aware of where the data is being<br />

imprinted on the negative. Sometimes this data can obscure<br />

important elements of the picture!<br />

5. Statutorily you are not required to record data, but you may be<br />

asked this information during court testimony.


II. Autopsy Photographic Procedure<br />

Photography - 4<br />

Most photographers will probably not have occasion to photograph<br />

an autopsy. In the event that such a situation should arise, however, the<br />

following guidelines are suggested.<br />

A. Seals and identification tags: these may be located on bags used for<br />

transporting bodies, on refrigeration storage units and/or the body<br />

itself. All should be photographed showing how seal is affixed and<br />

any identifiers which may have been placed on the seal or tag.<br />

B. Identification photographs: particularly important if person is<br />

unidentified.<br />

1. Overall view of body, both sides.<br />

2. Frontal view of face similar to a “booking” type photograph.<br />

3. Profile of face, both sides, again similar to a “booking” type<br />

photograph.<br />

4. Scars, tattoos and identifying marks; scaled & unscaled.<br />

C. Overalls showing general condition of body.<br />

1. Body clothed (if found with clothing on), both sides and back.<br />

2. Body unclothed, both sides and back.<br />

3. Views of affected areas, unwashed, and if wounds, both scaled<br />

and unscaled.<br />

4. Views of affected areas, washed, and if wounds, both scaled and<br />

unscaled.<br />

D. Lividity patterns, especially if conflicting.<br />

E. Areas of special interest, scaled and unscaled.<br />

1. Wounds.<br />

2. Bruises, scratches, lacerations and fractures.<br />

3. Pattern impressions; bite marks, fabric, tool marks, etc.<br />

31


4 - Photography<br />

32<br />

4. Ligatures, bindings, knots, asphyxial devices, protruding items,<br />

etc.<br />

F. Any additional photographs as directed by attending pathologist.<br />

G. Copies of x-rays if desired.<br />

III. Scaling Photographs<br />

In criminal investigations, properly taken scaled photographs are<br />

indispensable in the evaluation and interpretation of physical evidence.<br />

The location, relative position, appearance, physical size, depth and<br />

shape of any object that possesses potential evidentiary value should be<br />

photographed, both scaled and unscaled, using the following recommendations.<br />

A. Required Equipment<br />

1. Camera with precise viewing/focusing system and manual<br />

exposure controls.<br />

2. Tripod is essential. Should be sturdy enough for camera system<br />

you are using, having a three-way head and preferably equipped<br />

with an accessory “L” extension arm.<br />

3. Cable release for camera.<br />

4. Electronic flash or portable lighting unit.<br />

5. Flash extension cord to permit use of off-camera flash.<br />

6. Precise ruled scale.<br />

a. Machinist type with “chrome-clad or satin-clad” type<br />

surface, either English or Metric ruled.<br />

b. Scale should be as thin as possible without excessive<br />

flexibility. Scales similar to retractable or folding rulers,<br />

school type rulers, paper rulers or stainless steel rulers<br />

should not be used. They generally are not precise, too thick,<br />

too flexible, will photograph as black or will produce<br />

specular highlights when photographed.


Typical 35mm image recieved at Laboratory for fingerprint<br />

identification.<br />

Fig. 4-1<br />

Correctly framed image, with fingerprint filling up the full 35mm<br />

frame. If the fingerprint is for an AFIS search, the finished photo<br />

must be 1:1 (life size).<br />

Photography - 4<br />

33


4 - Photography<br />

34<br />

Fig. 4-2<br />

Proper scaling of a footwear impression.


Photography - 4<br />

c. Paper stick-on type scales are acceptable for fingerprint<br />

photography, if accurate. It is advisable to submit the actual<br />

scale used when submitting the photographs for more<br />

accurate sizing of the fingerprints.<br />

d. An ABFO #2 (American Board of Forensic Odontologist)<br />

“L” shaped scale is suggested for bite mark photography.<br />

B. General Scaling Recommendations<br />

1. Camera must be placed on tripod.<br />

2. Compose subject in viewfinder and make subject as large as<br />

possible in the viewfinder (See Figure 4-1), unless photographing<br />

to a specific magnification ratio, such as a 1:1 (100% of life size)<br />

for AFIS. Critically focus on subject.<br />

3. Film plane should be placed parallel to object plane with lens<br />

directly over center of object and perpendicular to object. (See<br />

Figure 4-2)<br />

4. A scale should be placed on same plane as area of primary<br />

interest in subject. If done properly, scale will also be parallel to<br />

camera’s film plane.<br />

5. Scale placement should not obscure any detail or characteristics<br />

of the subject.<br />

6. The scale should be of sufficient length to provide accuracy for<br />

printing and size determination.<br />

7. Care should be taken to avoid a direct reflection off the scale into<br />

the camera lens when lighting subject.<br />

IV. Pattern Impression Photography<br />

A. General Lighting Recommendations<br />

1. Depending on the depth of the impression and the surface of<br />

material it is in/on, the light should be placed at a low angle to<br />

the impression, from 10 o to 45 o . On-camera flash is seldom used<br />

for pattern impressions.<br />

35


4 - Photography<br />

36<br />

Fig. 4-3<br />

Lighting effects on pattern impressions.<br />

2. Light should be at a distance from the impression to evenly<br />

illuminate the entire length/width of the impression. It is<br />

important to avoid brighter areas at one end of the impression<br />

than the other end. A reflector card may be used to “fill-in” the<br />

end farthest from the light, provided the shadows or detail are not<br />

eliminated.


Fig. 4-4<br />

Proper scaling of impressions.<br />

Photography - 4<br />

3. When the light is placed at a low angle, shadows are created that<br />

highlight individual characteristics. Oblique lighting allows for<br />

good delineation but a low light angle also causes a problem, as<br />

depicted in Figure 4-3. The shadows can hide possible important<br />

detail. To alleviate this problem, at least two (2) photographs<br />

should be taken:<br />

37


4 - Photography<br />

a. One photograph with the light placed at one end of the<br />

impression. Advance the film while making sure not to move<br />

the camera. Then take another photograph with the light<br />

placed at the other end of the impression.<br />

b. Additional photographs may be taken with the light from<br />

other positions relative to the impression. (See Figure 4-3.)<br />

B. Footwear Impressions<br />

38<br />

1. Camera must be on tripod!<br />

2. Scale must be used! See Section III, Scaling.<br />

3. Consider the depth of the impression and scrape away material,<br />

along side of impression, to provide space for the scale. Do not<br />

disturb the impression. Also, be careful to not “cave” in the<br />

sides of the impression if in soft ground, sand or snow.<br />

4. Set the scale at the level of the deepest plane of the impression<br />

and laying on the same plane as the impression. (See Figure 4-4.)<br />

5. If an impression consists of two different levels (see Figure 4-4),<br />

such as the sole level and a deeper heel impression, then three (3)<br />

photographs are called for:<br />

a. on level and plane of sole impression<br />

b. on level and plane of heel impression<br />

c. an overall view, scaled on plane of sole level impression, for<br />

recording length<br />

6. Each photograph submitted should be labeled indicating the level<br />

at which the scale is placed.<br />

7. Film plane in camera must be parallel to impression, scale and<br />

with the lens directly centered over both and the entire image<br />

filling up the viewfinder.<br />

8. For lighting, refer to Section IV., A., General Lighting<br />

Recommendations.


C. Tire Impression Photography<br />

1. Camera must be on a tripod!<br />

Photography - 4<br />

2. Scale must be used! See Section III, Scaling, for further<br />

reference.<br />

3. If the tire impression is long, markers of some sort with numbers<br />

or letters are suggested. Visually divide the long impression into<br />

smaller sections by using the numbered markers (do not actually<br />

alter impression) and place markers along side of the<br />

impression.<br />

4. Once the markers have been placed, make an overall photograph<br />

of the impression from a high angle. Place camera perpendicular<br />

to the length of the tire impression and in a centered position,<br />

showing overall length of the impression and placement of<br />

markers (see Figure 4-5).<br />

5. After the overall photograph is completed, proceed to<br />

photograph each individual and marked section of the tire<br />

impression as you would for a footwear impression (Section IV.,<br />

B.). Be sure to indicate which section is being photographed, so<br />

that reference can be made back to the overall photograph.<br />

Fig. 4-5<br />

Overall record photograph showing tire impression segments.<br />

39


4 - Photography<br />

40<br />

6. Section sizes of the overlapping photographs of the tire<br />

impression should be approximately 12 to 18 inches long and<br />

should fill up the viewfinder as much as possible.<br />

7. Film plane in camera must be parallel with the impression and<br />

scale, and the lens directly centered over both.<br />

8. For lighting, refer to Section IV., A., General Lighting<br />

Recommendations.<br />

D. Bite Mark Impressions<br />

1. Camera must be on a tripod!<br />

2. A scale must be used! An ABFO #2 scale and a thin precise<br />

ruled scale are recommended.<br />

3. When photographing the scaled impression, the camera film<br />

plane must be parallel to the impression and scale, with the lens<br />

directly centered over both.<br />

4. Take an overall view of the person, showing the part of the body<br />

where the bite mark impression is located.<br />

5. Take a medium view showing the bite mark and the area around<br />

the bite mark impression.<br />

6. Consider the depth of the impression and the contour of the area<br />

of the bite mark impression. An impression on a severely curved<br />

portion of the victim’s body may call for more than one<br />

photograph of a specific bite mark. See Figure 4-6.<br />

7. A scale should be placed, as much as possible, on the same<br />

plane as area of primary interest and parallel with the<br />

impression and film plane. Remember, camera is on tripod, film<br />

plane parallel to impression and lens centered directly over<br />

impression. The scale should not obscure any detail or characteristics.<br />

8. After overall and medium photographs are taken, take a closeup<br />

unscaled photograph of the bite mark, making sure the<br />

entire image fills up the viewfinder, using lighting techniques<br />

described in Section IV., A.


Photography - 4<br />

9. Place a scale next to the bite mark impression, as outlined in 6 -<br />

7 above, and take a scaled photograph without changing any of<br />

the equipment positions.<br />

10. Close-up, scaled and unscaled, photographs with black and white<br />

film, using appropriate contrast filters to enhance bite area, are<br />

also suggested (see color plate following p. 28).<br />

11. Additional photographs may be taken with the light from other<br />

positions relative to the impression or using a ring light so as not<br />

to create shadows, if appropriate.<br />

12. Depending on appearance of bite mark, photographs may have to<br />

be made over an extended period. This may be a time frame of<br />

several days or more, depending on whether the victim is living<br />

or deceased, the condition of body, storage facilities, etc.<br />

Fig. 4-6<br />

41


4 - Photography<br />

E. Swabbing bite mark impressions - After finishing the photography of<br />

the bite mark impression, the impression should be swabbed for<br />

saliva, that may be used in an attempt to obtain the DNA profile of<br />

the individual who made the impression.<br />

42<br />

1. Swab the bite mark impression with a cotton swab that has been<br />

moistened with distilled water. Thoroughly air dry the swab and<br />

place in a clean paper envelope. Properly label and seal the<br />

envelope.<br />

2. If swabbing results in uncovering more detail in the bite mark,<br />

the impression should be rephotographed.<br />

F. Photographs of victim’s or suspect’s teeth - Photographs of the teeth<br />

require specific photographic equipment and procedures as directed<br />

by a forensic odontologist, who will require a professional fee for<br />

services. For information concerning this service, contact the<br />

Laboratory Forensic Imaging Unit.<br />

V. Video Taping<br />

A. Video taping is not recommended for the exclusive recording of the<br />

crime scene or autopsy. The Laboratory recommends use of video<br />

taping to provide:<br />

1. A realistic view of the overall scene based on a continuous<br />

recording of what a viewer sees, rather than an overall pictorial.<br />

2. A depiction a particular event in motion that would not be<br />

suitably depicted through still photography.<br />

3. <strong>Evidence</strong> at trials by videotape, as provided by State Statute (Wis.<br />

Stat. §885).<br />

4. A real-time product for investigators to use for briefings, strategy<br />

sessions and interrogations.<br />

5. A record of a new or unusual technique developed in the field to<br />

process the scene or collect evidence.<br />

6. A training vehicle for use to instruct personnel.<br />

7. A review of the scene or autopsy for briefing of incoming


Photography - 4<br />

personnel or to verify that all the items have been recovered and<br />

equipment has been removed from the scene.<br />

B. Authentication, Identifying and Labeling Videotapes<br />

1. It is suggested that the following information be recorded on each<br />

videotape, on the audio track:<br />

a. Camera operator’s name, agency and address<br />

b. Personnel present from agency processing scene<br />

c. Date, time and exact location of taping<br />

d. Agency case number and officer-in-charge<br />

2. Each videotape produced should be labeled as to the case name,<br />

agency number, date produced and name of videographer.<br />

3. Tape label should also be signed and dated by videographer<br />

authenticating that videotape is a “True and Accurate<br />

Reproduction” and is an unedited original.<br />

4. Record tab should be removed from cassette.<br />

C. Taping Procedures<br />

1. Prior to taping of event, authentication should be placed on the<br />

beginning of videotape, as described in Section V., B. Do not<br />

record more than one case per tape.<br />

2. If video taping an event where testimony or sound is not relevant,<br />

the camera’s sound recording mode or microphone should be<br />

turned off. If a switch is not available, insert a “dummy”<br />

microphone plug into the auxiliary microphone jack. This will<br />

disable the camera’s microphone. If camera microphone cannot<br />

be disabled, care should be taken as to any sounds that may be<br />

picked-up by microphone during recording. Depending on<br />

design, microphones on cameras can pick-up sounds behind the<br />

camera as well as in front of the camera.<br />

3. Using a very slow panning speed, pan the scene to provide an<br />

overall view of the entire scene. A walk-through type of view,<br />

with the camera on the shoulder is usually adequate. Try to avoid<br />

“jerky” camera movements, either right to left or up and down.<br />

43


4 - Photography<br />

44<br />

Movement should be as smooth as possible. An alternative to the<br />

“walk-through” technique would be to record the scene as if<br />

photographing it using the four basic views from a stationary<br />

position.<br />

4. Avoid excessive “zooms”. Zoom-in on items only when needed<br />

to show detail and keep your zooms slow. Remember, still<br />

photographs are going to be taken to record individual items and<br />

details.<br />

5. Do not include equipment, personnel or unnecessary elements<br />

into your videotape. Be careful of reflective surfaces, such as<br />

mirrors, that may show your reflection or other items on the<br />

videotape.<br />

6. If light levels are too low where camera will not record or camera<br />

gain must be used, consider using an on-camera video light or<br />

additional light sources.<br />

7. Complete pans should be made of exteriors of buildings and<br />

areas involved, looking toward structures and a 360 o view<br />

looking away from structure and surrounding area.<br />

8. Most consumer type video cameras have lenses that are biased<br />

toward the longer focal lengths. Generally speaking, it is<br />

advisable to set your zoom lens to its widest angle of view<br />

(shorter focal length) for your overall pans.<br />

9. A continuously running camera is preferable to excessive fadein/outs<br />

when doing the overall pans and changing viewpoint.<br />

D. Duplicating Video Tapes<br />

1. Duplicate video tapes should be authenticated/labeled using the<br />

same procedure as camera originals.<br />

2. Duplicates should be labeled as duplicates and labeled as either<br />

“Unedited Duplicates” (no changes from original, an<br />

uninterrupted dupe from start to finish), or “Edited Duplicate”<br />

(additions, deletions or change of sequence of events).<br />

3. Edited duplicates should have a log on file describing what edits<br />

were applied and who did the editing.<br />

4. Record tabs should be removed from duplicate cassettes when<br />

duplicating is completed.


Recommended Equipment for<br />

Forensic Photography<br />

I. Photographer’s Kit<br />

Photography - 4<br />

New equipment should be coordinated with existing equipment for<br />

system compatibility. The following recommendations are designed for<br />

35mm camera equipment.<br />

A. Camera<br />

1. Have full manual capability.<br />

a. Full range of adjustable apertures (f-stops)<br />

b. Full range of adjustable shutter speeds including bulb (B) or<br />

time (T)<br />

2. If automatic mode is offered, suggest that choice be made toward<br />

aperture priority or program capability (camera can always be<br />

placed on tripod if it selects slow shutter speed).<br />

3. Camera should have a flash synch of at least a 1/60th of a second,<br />

with 1/125th or higher preferred.<br />

4. Must have a precise focusing system (combination of microprism<br />

and split image is best), accurate viewfinder and be a single lens<br />

reflex (SLR) not a rangefinder type.<br />

5. Have built-in light meter.<br />

6. Have interchangeable lens capability.<br />

7. External P.C. fitting very desirable and must have at least a “hot<br />

shoe” for flash.<br />

8. Have receptacle for a cable release.<br />

9. Must have tripod fitting for 1/4 x 20 screw thread.<br />

10. Mirror lock-up is desirable for close-up photography.<br />

45


4 - Photography<br />

B. Lenses for the Camera<br />

46<br />

1. Lenses in the 50 to 60mm range that are macro (prime) lenses are<br />

suggested for use as a general purpose lens. A matched extender<br />

should be purchased with the lens if it is not capable of a 1:1<br />

(100% or life-size) reproduction ratio.<br />

2. Lenses in the 24 to 35mm range are also suggested. These are the<br />

“medium” wide-angle lenses and are good for overall views in<br />

some crime scene situations.<br />

3. If surveillance photography is to be accomplished, lenses in the<br />

300 to 1000mm range should be considered. The lower the<br />

maximum aperture, the better and the higher the cost. General<br />

rule of thumb states that 1mm per foot of distance should be used<br />

for chest to head image size on film. 2mm per foot for full face<br />

detail on film. For example, if using the 2mm rule: if the subject<br />

is 300 feet away, then a 600mm lens is needed.<br />

4. If cost is a factor and versatility is to be achieved, a zoom lens<br />

may be purchased while considering the following features:<br />

a. For general purpose forensic photography the zoom ratio<br />

should be no shorter than 24mm and no longer than 135mm.<br />

b. The zoom has macro (close up) capability (not just close<br />

focusing), with a reproduction ratio of at least 1:3 (1/3rd life<br />

size) without use of an extender. A 1:2 ratio, or larger, is<br />

preferred if a choice is to be made. Also, it is better if the<br />

macro feature is used in the longer focal length portion of the<br />

zoom, around 100mm or longer. This will allow you to be<br />

further away from your subject and present more room for<br />

your lights, scale, etc.<br />

c. Has one-touch focusing/zooming, is an automatic lens and, if<br />

offered, has a “zoom lock” or preventive system to keep<br />

zoom from drifting when used in a vertical position.<br />

5. For advanced applications, more sophisticated devices are<br />

available, such as a night vision device or electronic<br />

amplification.


C. Electronic Flash<br />

Photography - 4<br />

1. Must have a guide number, when in manual, of at least 100 when<br />

using I.S.O. 100 speed film. For forensic work, a guide number<br />

of 120, 160 or higher is better. Do not purchase a flash unit with<br />

a guide number of less than 100. You are wasting money.<br />

2. Has automatic and manual modes.<br />

3. Gives you a choice of at least three apertures (f-stops) in the<br />

automatic mode.<br />

4. Has an “open flash” button. This will let you flash your unit<br />

without it being connected to the camera (used for painting with<br />

light and multiple “pops”).<br />

5. Has a ready light.<br />

6. Has an external synch cord to camera capability.<br />

7. Power ratio selector is desirable, but not a must. In manual, this<br />

would allow you to select either full power, 1/2, 1/4 power, etc.<br />

Very useful feature for using fill flash and when doing close-ups.<br />

8. Tilting, rotating and focusable head is desirable, but not a must.<br />

Tilting capability is very useful with bounce flash in the<br />

automatic mode.<br />

D. Tripod<br />

1. Generally speaking, a good heavy duty tripod will start at<br />

$100.00 and range upwards to $200.00+. Do not buy an<br />

inexpensive light weight tripod. If they flex when you put your<br />

leaning weight on it, don’t buy it.<br />

2. Features considered important:<br />

a. Quick release legs<br />

b. Three way pan head<br />

c. Can provide you eye level camera height without extending<br />

center column<br />

d. Has a center column which can be extended and can also be<br />

removed and reversed into tripod to get camera close to<br />

ground<br />

47


4 - Photography<br />

48<br />

e. Legs can collapse to accommodate different levels or will<br />

allow tripod to lay flat on the ground<br />

f. “L” arm accessory is desirable, but not a must.<br />

E. Accessories<br />

1. Hard or soft shell case/bag to hold equipment.<br />

2. Lens accessories.<br />

a. Lens shade(s)<br />

b. U. V. filter(s) for each lens (not “sky light”)<br />

c. Lens cleaning tissue (not eye glass cleaning tissue) or<br />

Microfiber cleaning cloth<br />

d. Lens cleaning fluid<br />

e. Camel’s hair brush or blowing device for blowing air onto<br />

lens to remove particulate matter<br />

3. Locking cable release that is at least six inches long.<br />

4. Flash synch cords.<br />

a. Have at least two spare cords<br />

b. Extension synch cord for flash cord<br />

1) suggest coiled type<br />

2) at least six feet long<br />

5. Precise scales.<br />

a. Chrome or satin clad surface machinist scales, one 6" and<br />

one 12" long<br />

b. ABFO #2 scale (available from forensic suppliers)<br />

c. Transparent photo evidence ruler (also available from<br />

forensic suppliers)<br />

6. Angle finder or inclinometer (Available from some hardware<br />

stores, photo suppliers or forensic suppliers)<br />

7. Directional compass.


Photography - 4<br />

8. Black and white contrast filters:<br />

a. Number 15 (yellow-orange)<br />

b. Number 29 (red)<br />

c. Number 47 (blue)<br />

d. Number 58 (green)<br />

e. Number 22 (orange) if using alternative light sources<br />

9. Data sheets for notes, drawings, comments, etc.<br />

10. Kodak 18% neutral grey card.<br />

11. Hand held light/flash meter is suggested, especially if your<br />

camera does not have a built-in meter.<br />

II. Film<br />

A. Color Negative<br />

1. 400 to 800 I.S.O. for general purpose and overall views with<br />

electronic flash.<br />

2. 100 I.S.O., or slower, for close-ups requiring detail: wounds,<br />

subtle bruising, etc. Use a tripod whenever possible.<br />

3. 100 I.S.O. for outdoor scenes of extreme brightness. Examples<br />

would include snow or sandy beaches in sunlight.<br />

4. 1600 I.S.O. for dimly lit surveillance situations where color is<br />

important.<br />

5. Tungsten film, that has a range of I.S.O.’s, depending on<br />

exposure time, for situations requiring very long exposures or<br />

using lighting balanced for 3200 o K. Primarily used with tungsten<br />

location lighting, studio tungsten lighting or where a<br />

predominance of orange to red wavelengths of light may be<br />

present (like sunrises and sunsets).<br />

49


4 - Photography<br />

B. Black and White Negative<br />

50<br />

1. 100 I.S.O., or slower, for close-ups requiring detail: fingerprints,<br />

footwear/tire impressions, tool marks, pattern impressions, serial<br />

numbers, items of evidence, etc. Remember to use your tripod<br />

whenever your photographs are scaled and are going to be used<br />

for metric or comparative analysis.<br />

2. 400 I.S.O. where film speed is more important than maximum<br />

resolution. Need may arise when magnification is large, a dense<br />

filter is used and/or lighting is so minimal that extra film speed is<br />

important to minimize vibration effects during long exposure<br />

time.<br />

3. 3200 I.S.O., pushable to 12,500. Very good film for low level<br />

lighting situations in surveillance photography.<br />

C. Specialty Films<br />

1. Any high contrast panchromatic film with characteristics similar<br />

to the following films.<br />

a. Black and White negative: KODAK Tech Pan, variable<br />

I.S.O. that depends on application and type of developer<br />

used. Film is very useful in document, fingerprint and pattern<br />

impression photography, especially when using filters. It can<br />

have higher contrast than “normal” black and white film,<br />

depending on developer choice.<br />

2. KODAK Kodalith Ortho Type 3 that is a high contrast black and<br />

white film, that is only blue & green sensitive. Multiple uses for<br />

documents, faint writing, fingerprints, overlays, etc. Not too<br />

many applications with contrast filters.<br />

3. Infrared, black and white: Sensitive in the far red wavelengths<br />

and Infrared wavelengths, effectively to about 890 nm. I.S.O.<br />

varies based upon application/developer used. Good uses in<br />

documents, gunshot cases and surveillance applications.<br />

4. ILFORD Chromogenic XP2, Kodak CN or Select (black and<br />

white) or Konica Monochrome: normal ISO of 400, but can be<br />

exposed at ISO range of 50 to 1600 when processed in color<br />

(C41 type) chemicals.


III. Basic Studio Type Equipment<br />

A. 4"x 5" film view camera with swings, tilts and shifts.<br />

Photography - 4<br />

1. An array of lenses; 90mm wide angle, 150mm normal and a<br />

300mm. If a lot of macro work is to be done within your studio,<br />

then a macro lens should be considered, that has a focal length in<br />

the 100 to 130mm range.<br />

2. Use a camera that allows focusing by moving camera rail instead<br />

of front and rear standards.<br />

3. An extra long bellows is important, especially if doing macro<br />

type photography.<br />

B. Polaroid ® Model 545 film holder (takes 4"x 5" Polaroid ® materials).<br />

1. Normal contrast Polaroid ® film - types 52, 54 and 58.<br />

2. High contrast Polaroid ® film - type 51.<br />

3. Color Polaroid ® film - type 58 or 59.<br />

C. 4"x 5" film holders for sheet (cut) film.<br />

D. Lighting equipment.<br />

1. Tungsten lights for forensic photography.<br />

a. Two 12" reflector floods<br />

b. One 5" reflector flood<br />

c. One mini spot with snoots<br />

2. A boom arm on a castered stand is recommended.<br />

3. Various light stands.<br />

E. Background paper and a background roll paper stand/system.<br />

F. Studio camera stand or studio tripod with “L” arm extension.<br />

G. Hand-held light/flash meter.<br />

H. Focusing cloth and magnifier/loupe.<br />

I. Incidental accessories listed previously for Photographer’s Kit.<br />

51


4 - Photography<br />

Reference Books And Material<br />

Note: * - Denotes material that is recommended in addition to <strong>Physical</strong><br />

<strong>Evidence</strong> <strong>Handbook</strong> (6th ed.) as a minimal reference library for forensic<br />

photographers. Texts can be ordered through local book sellers or through<br />

Kodak dealers for Kodak books.<br />

Applied Infrared Photography, Eastman Kodak, Rochester, NY<br />

Buchanan, J.C., Bos, C.D. and Heller, F.I., How to Use Video in<br />

Litigation: A Guide to Technology, Strategies and Techniques; 1986,<br />

Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ<br />

Chernoff, G. and Sarbin, H.B., Photography and the Law (5th ed.),<br />

Amphoto, New York, NY<br />

Davis, A. and Fennessy, P., Digital Imaging for Photographers (3rd<br />

ed.), 1998, focal Press, Oxford England<br />

Davis, Phil, Photography (7th ed.) 1995, Wm C. Brown<br />

Communications, Inc., Dubuque, IA<br />

Fire and Arson Photography, Eastman Kodak, Rochester, NY<br />

<strong>Handbook</strong> of Kodak Photographic Filters, Eastman Kodak, Rochester,<br />

NY<br />

Joseph, G.P., Modern Visual <strong>Evidence</strong>, 1984 Litigation Series, Law<br />

Journal Seminars-Press, New York, NY<br />

* London, B., A Short Course In Photography, An Introduction to<br />

Black-and-White Photographic Technique (3rd ed.), Harper-Collins,<br />

New York, NY<br />

* McDonald, J.A., Close-up & Macro Photography for <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

Technicians (2nd ed.), Phototext Books, Arlington, Heights, IL<br />

[available through Lightning Powder Company, 1-800-852-0300]<br />

* Miller, Larry S., Police Photography (4th ed.), 1998, Anderson,<br />

Cincinnati, OH<br />

Photomacrography, Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, NY<br />

* Redsicker, D.R., Practical Methodology of Forensic Photography,<br />

(2nd ed.) 2001, Elsevier, New York, NY<br />

Using Photography to Preserve <strong>Evidence</strong>, Eastman Kodak,<br />

Rochester, NY<br />

52


5<br />

Videotapes and Audiotapes<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Videotapes and audiotapes of activities are becoming more<br />

prevalent as evidence in investigations of criminal activity. The Imaging<br />

Units have resources for extracting frames from videotapes, providing<br />

computer adjusted still photographs and “real time” duplicate tapes of the<br />

recorded activity. Audiotapes and videotapes may also be processed to<br />

clarify recordings and help minimize distracting background noise.<br />

Voice identification, authentication, acoustical analysis and<br />

photogammetry is not provided from recordings by the laboratories.<br />

Recording<br />

When planning to record an activity, use a new tape every time. Do<br />

not record over previously recorded material. This will diminish<br />

image/audio quality and may cause judicial concerns at trial.<br />

Record an audio slate at the beginning - an audio slate should be<br />

produced at the beginning of each tape, describing who the recorder of<br />

record is, agency responsible for recording event, where the event is<br />

being recorded, date and time of the event, what the tape is to portray and<br />

where the tape will be stored.<br />

Labeling<br />

It is the responsibility of the recorder to further authenticate the<br />

tape integrity by placing the following upon the tape shell, either directly<br />

or by means of a label: recorder's initials, date and case number. It is also<br />

recommended that the recorder place their initials on the tape leader.<br />

53


5 - Videotapes and Audiotapes<br />

Making the Tape Safe<br />

Prior to viewing, duplicating, sealing and submitting of the video<br />

or audiotape, disable the record mode by either removing the record tab<br />

or moving a slider switch to the non record position. These are usually<br />

located on the spine portion of the tape shell.<br />

Viewing<br />

Do not repeatedly view an original tape, whether newly recorded or<br />

seized as evidence. Repeated viewing can cause information to be lost,<br />

especially if it is an old tape that has been recorded over numerous times.<br />

Pausing for extended periods can also cause damage. Duplicate the<br />

original and view the duplicate as often as needed. Make sure that the<br />

original tape is submitted to the Laboratory for any analysis.<br />

Submissions of videotapes and audiotapes have special considerations<br />

for sealing prior to final packaging for shipment. It is important to<br />

demonstrate tape integrity along with package integrity as described<br />

within the chapter on “<strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity”.<br />

54<br />

Fig 5-1<br />

Position of record tabs in record and safe mode.


Sealing<br />

Videotapes and Audiotapes - 5<br />

Fig 5-2<br />

Sealing tapes and placing initials.<br />

The actual videotape and audiotape, that has the evidence upon it,<br />

are housed within a shell that can be removed and access allowed to the<br />

tape within. Place some type of seal over the ends of the shell to<br />

demonstrate that tape access has been prevented. Seal both sides so it<br />

does not interfere with normal tape operation. Do not place the seal over<br />

55


5 - Videotapes and Audiotapes<br />

the record tab area or this may disable that function. The ends of the<br />

sealing tape and shell should be initialed and dated. There are companies<br />

that provide labels specifically for this purpose or the standard tamperproof<br />

tapes may also be used.<br />

Once the shells have been sealed and record tabs removed, tapes<br />

may be sealed in paper evidence bags or an evidence box as described in<br />

the chapter on <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity. Plastic bags should not be used when<br />

the possibility of condensation may occur.<br />

56


6<br />

Body Fluid Stains<br />

and Standards<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Laboratory examination of body fluids (i.e., blood, semen, saliva,<br />

etc.) may produce significant information in certain investigations. This<br />

chapter considers the recognition, collection, and preservation of some of<br />

these commonly encountered forms of biological evidence.<br />

I. Bloodstains and Blood Standards<br />

In crimes of violence, blood is usually found in the form of dried<br />

stains. Blood can frequently be identified and genetically compared to<br />

blood standards from individuals if a sufficient quantity is properly collected<br />

and submitted.<br />

In addition to identification and comparison testing, the shape and<br />

pattern of the bloodstaining may provide information concerning how the<br />

blood was deposited.<br />

A. Bloodspatter Pattern Analysis<br />

The examination of bloodstain patterns has always been a part of<br />

crime scene investigation, but it seems to have gained more emphasis in<br />

recent years as a separate discipline. Careful observation, measurement,<br />

and documentation of the size, shape and pattern of bloodstains can<br />

reveal significant information in some cases, e.g., direction and angles of<br />

bloodspatter, origination point(s), and the minimum number of blows in<br />

a beating or stabbing incident.<br />

When there may be special relevance to the bloodspatter found at a<br />

scene, it is essential to preserve those patterns until someone trained in<br />

the examination of bloodspatter patterns can examine them. Although<br />

photography is useful in the recording of some of the aspects of<br />

bloodspatter at a crime scene, it does not substitute for a detailed<br />

examination.<br />

57


6 - Body Fluid Stains and Standards<br />

B. Procedure When Blood is Found at the <strong>Scene</strong><br />

58<br />

1. Record the following:<br />

a. <strong>Physical</strong> state (fluid, moist, dry)<br />

b. Amount present (few drops, small pool, etc.)<br />

c. Shape (smear, round drops)<br />

d. Exact location in relation to fixed objects<br />

e. Pattern of stains (all in one spot, trail)<br />

f. Atmosphere conditions (temperature, humidity)<br />

g. Date and time of observation<br />

2. Take scaled and unscaled photographs of stains.<br />

3. Liquid blood:<br />

If a pool of fluid blood is present, collect in the following<br />

manner:<br />

a. Wear gloves, mask and eye protection while soaking up<br />

samples. Using cotton swabs, soak the suspected blood onto<br />

the swabs. Continue collecting the stain until it is either<br />

completely collected or until five swabs have been saturated.<br />

Do not touch the swabs with your fingers.<br />

Make sure to avoid contaminating your supply of swabs.<br />

Change your gloves frequently but change them<br />

immediately if you suspect any contamination of your<br />

gloves.<br />

b. Allow the swabs to dry in place or place them on a nonporous<br />

surface like a glass microscope slide and allow to<br />

thoroughly air dry.<br />

c. Package the dried swabs in a paper container (i.e., white slide<br />

box, envelope, paper bag, etc.). Use separate containers for<br />

each area recovered. Label the paper container with a<br />

“biohazard” sign.<br />

d. Properly label and seal each container.<br />

e. Select an unstained area adjacent to the suspected bloodstain<br />

and collect a sample from this area as described in 4.a.<br />

through 4.d. This sample will serve as a control. Package,<br />

label, and seal this control separately from the stained<br />

material.


4. Dried or moist bloodstain recovery:<br />

Body Fluid Stains and Standards - 6<br />

If the stained object is transportable, submit the item intact. If the<br />

suspected blood is still moist, allow it to thoroughly air dry in a<br />

well ventilated but draft-free area prior to packaging. Label the<br />

area with “biohazard” signs. Package item in a clean paper<br />

container, seal and label. (See Chapter 18, Clothing and Fabrics.)<br />

If it is impractical to submit the bloodstained item to the Laboratory<br />

or it is not possible to cut or remove a portion of the stained<br />

and unstained area of the item, then collect in the following<br />

manner:<br />

a. Wear gloves, mask and eye protection while collecting<br />

samples. Moisten a sufficient number of cotton swabs to<br />

collect the stain. It is better to underestimate the amount of<br />

swabs required as additional swabs can always be used. Wet<br />

the swabs using distilled water, or clean tap water if distilled<br />

water is not available. Do not touch the cotton with your<br />

fingers and do not dilute the stain by using too many swabs<br />

or too much water.<br />

b. Gently swab the stain with the moistened swabs until the<br />

swabs thoroughly absorb the blood and are a dark reddish<br />

brown coloration. Continue collecting the stain until it is<br />

either completely collected or five swabs have been saturated.<br />

c. Allow the stained swabs to thoroughly air dry either directly<br />

on the stained object or on a clean glass microscope slide. To<br />

avoid contamination, swabs can also be dried by making a<br />

small perforation in a pillbox and placing the swab into the<br />

perforation. This will allow the swab to dry without<br />

contacting any other surfaces.<br />

d. Package, label, and seal the air-dried swabs in a paper<br />

container (i.e., white slide box, envelope, etc.). Label with a<br />

“biohazard” sign.<br />

e. Select an unstained area adjacent to the suspected bloodstain<br />

and collect a sample from this area as described in 4.a.<br />

through 4.d. This sample will serve as a control. Package,<br />

label, and seal this control separately from the stained<br />

material.<br />

59


6 - Body Fluid Stains and Standards<br />

C. Procedure for Collecting Standard Blood Samples from Victims and<br />

Suspects<br />

60<br />

1. Collect at least 5 mL of blood into an EDTA (lavender-top) tube.<br />

2. If alcohol and/or drug analysis is required. Blood samples must<br />

be drawn by a licensed physician, nurse, or medical technician<br />

using an antiseptic skin towelette (e.g., Zephiran ® or<br />

benzalkonium chloride) to clean the site where the blood sample<br />

will be drawn. Draw 20 mL (2 tubes) of blood into grey-top<br />

tubes. These tubes contain sodium fluoride and potassium<br />

oxalate as a preservative and anticoagulant. These tubes are<br />

commercially available and are also found in the OWI Kits.<br />

Lavender top tubes may be used if grey-top tubes are<br />

unavailable. In some cases, blood is in short supply and<br />

toxicology and DNA testing may be required. Toxicology can<br />

use DNA specimens but DNA can have difficulty with<br />

toxicology blood preservatives. For cases where limited blood is<br />

available and DNA and toxicology are to use the same blood<br />

sample, lavender-top tubes should be used.<br />

II. Saliva<br />

Label all tubes and seal them in an appropriate styrofoam container.<br />

Store in refrigerator.<br />

Label with a “biohazard” sign on the outside of the box.<br />

Saliva stains are not usually evident from a visual examination.<br />

However, certain types of evidence frequently contain traces of saliva<br />

(e.g., cigarette butts, gummed surfaces of envelopes, stamps, bite marks,<br />

areas where oral contact may have occurred, etc.) and sometimes the<br />

amount of saliva present is sufficient to determine the DNA type of the<br />

individual who is the source of the saliva.<br />

A. Procedure for the Collection of Evidential Forms of Saliva<br />

1. Transportable objects<br />

Easily transportable objects such as individual cigarette butts and<br />

envelopes should be placed in a paper container (i.e., paper bag<br />

or envelopes) and the container should be properly labeled and<br />

sealed.


2. Non-transportable objects<br />

Body Fluid Stains and Standards - 6<br />

If transporting the object is not practical, such as in the case of<br />

bite marks on the body of sexual assault victims, then the saliva<br />

can be collected as follows:<br />

a. Moisten a cotton swab with distilled water.<br />

b. Shake the swab to eliminate excess water.<br />

c. Gently swab the suspected saliva stain. Using a dry swab go<br />

over the stained area to absorb any remaining moisture.<br />

d. Allow the swabs to thoroughly AIR DRY prior to packaging,<br />

labeling, and sealing in a paper envelope. Air drying can be<br />

accomplished by making a perforation in the center of a<br />

pillbox, inserting the swab into the perforation and allowing<br />

the swab to air dry.<br />

e. Select an unstained area and collect as in 4.a. through 4.d.<br />

Package, label, and seal separately from the stained material.<br />

This swab will serve as a control.<br />

B. Standards Required to Complete Saliva Comparisons<br />

A standard saliva sample is not required to perform saliva<br />

comparisons. Standard blood samples are normally used for this<br />

purpose. Collect standard blood as described under IC1.<br />

III. Seminal Stains<br />

Where a sexual offense has occurred, stains may be found on<br />

clothing, bedding, rags, upholstery or other objects. Seminal stains can<br />

be helpful in establishing whether or not an alleged sexual act occurred<br />

and can also provide information concerning the person who contributed<br />

the semen.<br />

A. Procedure for the Collection of Seminal Stains<br />

1. Carefully recover all suspected stained material including the<br />

clothing worn by the victim and the suspect at the time of the<br />

offense. Each item of evidence should be packaged separately,<br />

labeled and sealed.<br />

61


6 - Body Fluid Stains and Standards<br />

62<br />

2. Air dry all damp stains in a well-ventilated but draft-free area. Clean<br />

paper should be spread under the item to catch any debris, which may<br />

be dislodged during the drying process.<br />

3. Package, label, and seal each item along with the paper upon which the<br />

item dried. Use only paper containers for packaging (i.e., paper bags).<br />

4. If the suspected seminal stain is on an object, which cannot be<br />

transported, collect as in II.A.2.<br />

B. Standards Required to Complete Semen Comparisons<br />

A standard semen sample is not required to perform semen compar-isons.<br />

Standard blood samples are normally used for this purpose. Collect standard<br />

blood as described above in IC1.<br />

IV. Other Body Fluids<br />

Vaginal secretions in the form of a foreign DNA (DNA that did not<br />

originate from the individual swabbed) can sometimes be attributed to another<br />

individual when the penis of a suspected sexual perpetrator is swabbed at the<br />

time he is apprehended. The sample is collected by wetting a cotton swab with<br />

distilled water and swabbing the external area of the penis. This type of analysis<br />

is most successful when the perpetrator is apprehended shortly after the alleged<br />

occurrence of sexual activity, generally within twenty-four hours and prior to<br />

bathing. The outer area of condoms can also yield this type of DNA.<br />

V. Preservation of Dried Biological <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

The ideal way to preserve biological evidence is to freeze it. This can<br />

become impractical with large amounts of evidence. <strong>Evidence</strong> with dried<br />

biological stains can be stored in a temperature-controlled room, which is<br />

maintained at normal room temperature or colder. Large fluctuations in<br />

temperature should be avoided.<br />

When biological evidence is returned after processing by the DNA unit of<br />

the crime laboratory, it frequently will contain a manila envelope, which is<br />

labeled “DNA packet”. this packet contains cuttings of stains and extracts of<br />

those stains. This packet needs to be frozen. If this packet is included with your<br />

evidence, it will be noted on the return release form and the evidenxe will be<br />

labeled “Biological <strong>Evidence</strong> Enclosed, Please Remove and Freeze”.


7<br />

Firearms and Ammunition<br />

_________________________________________________________<br />

The following information is intended to assist the investigator in the<br />

recognition, evaluation, marking, packaging, and transmittal of firearms<br />

exhibits and related items to the Laboratory.<br />

When requested, the Laboratory will process firearms exhibits and<br />

related items for fingerprints and trace evidence as well as the possible<br />

determinations listed in Table 7-1.<br />

All exhibits should be properly inventoried. Record the description of<br />

the item, source, case number, item number, initials of person collecting,<br />

and the date and time collected. Sketch the area of recovery, indicating<br />

relative positions in feet and inches between exhibits and fixed objects,<br />

and supplement with photographs.<br />

It is often possible to restore manufacturer's serial numbers, property<br />

marks, or other die-stamped markings which have been removed, altered,<br />

or obliterated on firearms (as well as on typewriters, binoculars, bicycles,<br />

or other metal objects).<br />

Firearms and fired ammunition may be delivered to the Laboratory in<br />

person or via parcel post, certified mail, or United Parcel Service (UPS).<br />

Loaded ammunition must be delivered in person. United States postal<br />

regulations prohibit shipment through the mail.<br />

All firearms shipped to the Laboratory must be unloaded and marked<br />

on the outside package, with a transmittal form in an envelope attached<br />

to the outside of the package. Indicate what kinds of examinations are<br />

requested - e.g., DNA, Trace <strong>Evidence</strong>, Identification, etc.<br />

Firearms or other metal objects recovered from water (liquid), should<br />

immediately be placed in a container of the same liquid, completely submerged.<br />

When in a liquid, the oxidation process is considerably retarded,<br />

and during the period necessary to transport the firearm to the<br />

Laboratory, only a small amount of change will take place.<br />

63


7 - Firearms and Ammunition<br />

64<br />

Table 7-1<br />

Possible Laboratory Determinations<br />

Resulting from Firearms Section Examinations<br />

EVIDENCE REQUIRED BY<br />

LABORATORY<br />

FIRED BULLET<br />

FIRED CARTRIDGE CASE<br />

TWO OR MORE FIRED<br />

BULLETS<br />

TWO OR MORE FIRED<br />

CARTRIDGE CASES OR<br />

SHOT SHELLS<br />

FIRED BULLET AND<br />

SUSPECTED FIREARM<br />

FIRED CARTRIDGE CASE AND<br />

SUSPECTED FIREARM<br />

SUSPECTED FIREARM,<br />

AMMUNITION, SCALED<br />

PHOTOGRAPH OR POWDER<br />

OR SHOT PATTERN AND<br />

VICTIM’S CLOTHING<br />

SHOT PELLETS AND WADS<br />

POSSIBLE LABORATORY<br />

DETERMINATION<br />

Make, caliber, type of firearms from<br />

which each could have been discharged;<br />

type of propellant used in firing; name of<br />

maker and maker’s designation as to<br />

type, caliber, etc.<br />

Make, caliber, type of firearm in which<br />

each cold have been fired; type of<br />

propellant used in firing; name of maker<br />

and maker’s designation as to type,<br />

caliber, etc.<br />

In addition to determination possible with<br />

a single fired bullet, whether two or all<br />

were fired from the same firearm.<br />

In addition to determination possible with<br />

a single cartridge case, whether two or<br />

all were fired in the same firearm.<br />

In addition to determination possible with<br />

a single fired bullet, whether bullet,<br />

whether bullet was fired from suspected<br />

firearm.<br />

In addition to determination possible with<br />

a single cartridge case, whether cartridge<br />

case was fired in suspected firearm.<br />

Approximate distance at which shot was<br />

discharged.<br />

Size of shot, and gauge designation<br />

of wads.


I. Marking of Firearms<br />

Firearms and Ammunition - 7<br />

Use extreme care in marking recovered firearms for purposes of identification.<br />

Attach a reinforced identification tag to the trigger guard.<br />

Mark the tag with appropriate identifying data, including the serial<br />

number and description of the firearm, source, case number, item number,<br />

initials of person collecting, and the date and time collected<br />

II. Marking of Bullets, Fragments, Cartridge Cases,<br />

Shotgun, Shells, Pellets, and Unfired Ammunition<br />

All firearms and firearm related items should be handled with the belief<br />

they will be fingerprinted. Therefore, only the packaging should be marked.<br />

In this manner the possibility of damage, loss or contamination of trace<br />

evidence, and destruction of possible fingerprints is greatly diminished. These<br />

items should never be packaged in cotton or sealed in plastic.<br />

All packages should be properly sealed, with initials of collector over the<br />

seal, and marked with accompanying information such as the description of<br />

the item, source, case number, item number, initials of person collecting, and<br />

the date and time collected, as described in Table 7-2.<br />

In situations where through-and-through penetration of the victim's body<br />

has occurred and the bullet is found on the floor, in walls, etc., bullets or bullet<br />

fragments should not be touched with bare fingers. A small piece of clean<br />

white paper should be slipped under the bullet, then fold-ed and placed in a<br />

rigid container, and finally sealed and identified. This procedure will<br />

minimize the possibility that the recovering officer will contaminate traces of<br />

blood which may be present on the bullet.<br />

The above recommendations should also apply to shotgun pellets and<br />

wads.<br />

65


7 - Firearms and Ammunition<br />

Table 7-2<br />

Instructions For Handling, Marking, and Shipping Firearms Exhibits<br />

66<br />

EXHIBIT<br />

FIREARMS<br />

FIRED<br />

BULLETS<br />

FIRED<br />

METALLIC<br />

CARTRIDGE<br />

CASES<br />

FIRED<br />

SHOT<br />

SHELLS<br />

SHOT<br />

PELLETS<br />

SHOT WADS<br />

LOADED<br />

SHELLS OR<br />

CARTRIDGES<br />

SHOT OR<br />

POWDER<br />

PATTERNS<br />

GENERAL<br />

INSTRUCTIONS<br />

Check for fingerprints. Remove<br />

magazine from autoloading<br />

firearms. Don not clean or fire. Do<br />

not operate mechanism except to<br />

unload. If loaded revolver, mark<br />

hammer position and sketch<br />

positions. See column on marking<br />

for identification.<br />

Every precaution should be taken<br />

to prevent loss of trace evidence<br />

or abrading or mutilating riffling<br />

surface in any way. Do not wash<br />

or clean.<br />

Do not mar, mutilate, scratch, or<br />

nick head of case. See column on<br />

marking for identification.<br />

Do not mar, mutilate, scratch, or<br />

nick head of shell.<br />

Recover as many as possible. do<br />

not mutilate in removal.<br />

Recover as many as possible. do<br />

not mutilate in removal.<br />

If loaded ammunition or fired<br />

cartridge cases are recovered in<br />

investigation, forward to<br />

Laboratory. If ammunition maker’s<br />

boxes are recovered, forward to<br />

Laboratory for latents.<br />

If on clothing send only clothing to<br />

Laboratory that contains powder,<br />

powder residues, or bullet or shot<br />

penetrations. If on skin. doors,<br />

walls, etc., consult Laboratory<br />

concerning scaled photographs.<br />

DESCRIPTIVE RECORD<br />

TO BE KEPT BY<br />

PERSON RECOVERING<br />

A record of make, model, type,<br />

caliber or gauge designation, serial<br />

and lot numbers. If a loaded<br />

revolver, draw a sketch indicating<br />

position of hammer and cartridges.<br />

Assumed caliber. Sketch showing<br />

relative position of fired bullets, if<br />

recovered on floor, street, etc.<br />

Transmit a copy of this information<br />

to the Laboratory.<br />

Sketch showing relative position of<br />

cases if recovered on floor, street,<br />

etc., or position of hammer and<br />

cartridges in revolver. Transmit a<br />

copy of this information to<br />

Laboratory.<br />

sketch showing relative position of<br />

shells, if recovered on floor, street,<br />

etc. Transmit a copy of this<br />

information to Laboratory.<br />

sketch showing relative position of<br />

shells, if recovered on floor, street,<br />

etc. Transmit a copy of this<br />

information to Laboratory.<br />

sketch showing relative position of<br />

shells, if recovered on floor, street,<br />

etc. Transmit a copy of this<br />

information to Laboratory.<br />

sketch showing relative position of<br />

shells, if recovered on floor, street,<br />

etc. Transmit a copy of this<br />

information to Laboratory.<br />

Description and source of garment<br />

containing shot or powder<br />

patterns. Location and size of shot<br />

or powder patterns on walls,<br />

doors, or other immovable objects.


Firearms and Ammunition - 7<br />

Table 7-2 (continued)<br />

Instructions For Handling, Marking, and Shipping Firearms Exhibits<br />

RECOMMENDED METHOD OF<br />

PACKAGING, MARKING FOR IDENTIFICATION,<br />

AND SHIPPING TO THE LABORATORY<br />

Attach and ID tag and mark tag with initials, case #, date, and item #.<br />

Secure firearms and magazineds to cardboard box or rigid container<br />

with fasteners. Package each cartidge deparately in cardboard box or<br />

rigid container and mark containers according to your sketch. Seal the<br />

package, initial the seal, and lavel each container with case #, date,<br />

item # and source. Forward to Laboratory along with the descriptive<br />

record.<br />

Package each separately in cardboard slide box or rigid container. Do<br />

not put in evnelope. Mark on the container the source of each bullet.<br />

Seal the package, initial the seal, and label each container with case<br />

#, date, item #, and source. Forward to Laboratory along with the<br />

descriptive record.<br />

Package each separately in cardoard slide box or rigid container. Seal<br />

the package, initial the seal, and label each container with case #,<br />

date, item #, and source. Forward to Laboratory along with the<br />

secriptive record.<br />

Same as above.<br />

Same as above ( all of the available fine shot can go in a single box).<br />

Same as above.<br />

Same as above.<br />

Place each individual air-dried item of clothing in a separate clean<br />

paper bag. Seal each bag, initial each seal, and label each bag with<br />

case #, date, itesm #, and source. Forward to Laboratory along with<br />

the descriptive record.<br />

EXHIBIT<br />

FIREARMS<br />

FIRED<br />

BULLETS<br />

FIRED<br />

METALLIC<br />

CARTRIDGE<br />

CASES<br />

FIRED<br />

SHOT<br />

SHELLS<br />

SHOT<br />

PELLETS<br />

SHOT WADS<br />

LOADED<br />

SHELLS OR<br />

CARTRIDGES<br />

SHOT OR<br />

POWDER<br />

PATTERNS<br />

67


7 - Firearms and Ammunition<br />

III. BULLET PATH RECONSTRUCTION<br />

Defining a bullet path at a shooting scene is a useful element of<br />

crime scene reconstruction. A shooter's position and final bullet location<br />

can both be defined by determining the path of a bullet or bullets through<br />

a sequence of materials. Such reconstructions are most accurate when a<br />

bullet has created both a bullet hole and a subsequent impact site or two<br />

or more bullet holes in successive planes of material, e.g. sheet rock on<br />

both sides of an interior wall. Inserting rods through the bullet holes (or<br />

from bullet hole to impact site) will define a bullet path that can direct the<br />

investigator to the shooter's position or to the bullet's likely location (see<br />

figure 7-1). Rods should not be inserted in any bullet hole until<br />

documentation and examination of the bullet hole has been completed.<br />

Over short distances, string can be attached to the rods to project the<br />

bullet path. This technique is especially useful in reconstructing shootings<br />

involving vehicles due to their double-panel construction. However, as<br />

the projected bullet path increases in distance from the bullet hole, greater<br />

imprecision will be introduced into the reconstruction. For bullet path<br />

reconstructions over long distances, a combination of spacer cones, rods<br />

and lasers will offer much better precision, especially if meaningful<br />

diagramming of the reconstruction is desired.<br />

Unless a bullet passes through a significant thickness of material,<br />

a single bullet hole will usually not allow useful reconstruction of the<br />

bullet path. However, bullet direction can be determined from throughand-through<br />

bullet holes in many materials. For example, the passage of<br />

a bullet through metal will create an indentation on the metal surface<br />

facing the bullet origin and metal stretch on the surface in the direction<br />

away from bullet origin, clearly defining the direction of the bullet<br />

through the metal. Bullets that pass through auto glass, skull and some<br />

plastics will create a crater on the side of the material away from the bullet<br />

origin. In other words the crater opens up in the direction of bullet travel<br />

(see figure 7-2). Even a portion of a bullet hole in a destructively fractured<br />

skull can define the direction of the bullet and subsequently establish exit<br />

and entrance. The combination of glass cratering and radial glass fracture<br />

in a window can even define the sequence of shots through the window,<br />

particularly when working with vehicle shootings.<br />

68


Firearms and Ammunition - 7<br />

Fig. 7-1<br />

Buttlet paths A&B define two shooter locations outside the vehicle. Such<br />

diagrams can be included in crime scene diagrams to aid in shooting reconstructions.<br />

Fig. 7-2<br />

Note the angled or beveled edges of the skull at the entrance bullet hole. The<br />

bone surface through which the bullet passed last will present a cratered<br />

appearance.<br />

69


70<br />

Notes


8<br />

Casts<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Footwear and Tire Impressions<br />

The identification of an impression as having been made by one<br />

particular tire or shoe is based upon the correspondence of individual<br />

characteristics caused by wear. Nail marks, cuts, or other accidental or<br />

deliberate markings on the tread surfaces - sufficient in number and/or<br />

uniqueness to rule out coincidence - must be found before an identification<br />

can be made. If sufficient individual characteristics are lacking, it is<br />

not possible to make a positive identification.<br />

The presence of corresponding class characteristics - basic tread<br />

design and overall physical dimensions - may permit the conclusion that<br />

an impression could have been made by a particular tire or shoe.<br />

However, in this case, the stipulation must be made that the impression<br />

could also have been made by any other tire or shoe having the same class<br />

characteristics.<br />

Therefore, the investigator should be aware that, while a tire or<br />

footwear impression may in some cases be conclusive evidence, under<br />

other circumstances it may serve only as an investigative lead.<br />

Caution: Observe laws relating to the collection of evidence.<br />

I. Procedure-General<br />

A. Record the following information:<br />

1. Location of impressions in relation to the other objects at scene.<br />

2. Accurate measurements and dimensions of impression(s).<br />

3. Draw pattern or design appearing in impression.<br />

4. Date and time of day impressions located.<br />

5. Attempt to establish time at which impressions were made, e.g.,


8 - Casts<br />

after recent snowfall or heavy rain, or after recent plowing of<br />

field.<br />

B. Photograph impression to scale. If there is more than one impression,<br />

an over-all photograph should be taken. (See Chapter 4,<br />

Photography.)<br />

C. Preserve impressions as follows:<br />

1. Carefully remove all loose material such as leaves, twigs, or<br />

debris not embedded in the impression.<br />

2. Impressions in dry powdery soil or sand should be carefully<br />

sprayed with shellac or acrylic lacquer to preserve any fine detail<br />

which may be present. Caution must be used to prevent the direct<br />

force of the spray from disturbing the surface detail. Spray over<br />

the impression into the air and let the mist settle down onto the<br />

impression. Several light layers of shellac or lacquer should be<br />

applied, and each layer should be allowed to dry thoroughly<br />

before a subsequent coat is applied.<br />

3. If the soil is frozen or extremely hard, the impression may be<br />

sprinkled with a thin layer of talcum powder or a fine spray of<br />

light machine or mineral oil to permit subsequent removal of the<br />

casting medium.<br />

4. It is necessary to use a retaining frame to keep the casting<br />

medium from flowing over a large area of surrounding ground.<br />

The frame is built around the impression, leaving at least a oneinch<br />

margin on all sides of the impression. A commercial<br />

retaining frame may be used or strips of wood or sheet metal<br />

approximately two inches wide, which are gently pushed into the<br />

ground.<br />

5. All casts of tire impressions must be identified as to the inside<br />

and outside of the tire, and if possible, identify which tire(s) has<br />

been cast (e.g., driver’s side front, passenger’s side rear, etc.).<br />

II. Impressions in Soil and Sand (Dental Stone Casting)<br />

A. Follow procedures listed under I., Procedures - General, above.


B. Materials needed:<br />

Method 1<br />

Casts - 8<br />

1. Class I dental stone. (Make sure it is dental stone and not dental<br />

plaster).<br />

2. Mixing bowl.<br />

3. Spoon or stirring stick.<br />

4. Water. Approximately 4-5 ounces of water are needed to each<br />

pound of stone.<br />

5. A pre-made form, or material with which a form can be made<br />

around the impression to contain the dental stone and give the<br />

cast thickness.<br />

C. Mixing procedure:<br />

Place the form around the impression. Be careful not to place the<br />

form so close to the impression that it risks distorting it. Two to three<br />

pounds of dental stone are sufficient for a footwear impression cast,<br />

depending on whether it is a small or large footwear impression.<br />

For each pound used, place four to five ounces of water in the mixing<br />

container. Pour the dental stone powder into the water in the mixing<br />

bowl. It should “cone-up” a couple of inches out of the water. If it<br />

doesn’t, add additional dental stone until it cones-up out of the water.<br />

Allow the mixture to soak for approximately one minute. Then stir<br />

thoroughly until the dental stone has dissolved. The mixture should be a<br />

watery consistency. Stir well every 60 seconds. After approximately 10<br />

to 12 minutes, the viscosity of the mixture will become similar to<br />

pancake batter. At this time it should be poured. (If the mixture is poured<br />

too soon, when it is still watery, it may erode much of the detail in the<br />

impression. If it is poured after it gets too thick, it will not flow evenly<br />

and also will not pick up the detail well.)<br />

D. Pouring procedures:<br />

Pour the mixture onto the spoon or stirring stick while holding the<br />

spoon or stick to the side of the impression. In this way, you can direct<br />

the flow of the mixture against the side of the form and let it flow<br />

indirectly back into the footwear impression. (Do not pour the mixture<br />

directly into the impression.)<br />

Before the cast hardens, scratch the necessary identifying data into<br />

the back of the cast. Let the cast set undisturbed for 20 to 30 minutes,


8 - Casts<br />

after which time the cast can be carefully lifted. Some soil or sand may<br />

adhere to the impression, however, do not attempt to clean off the cast.<br />

Allow the cast to air dry for at least 48 hours. The Forensic Scientist who<br />

will be conducting the examination of the cast impression will clean any<br />

sand or soil off the cast at the time it is received. (This sand or soil may<br />

be used as a known soil sample by the Forensic Scientist if needed.) If<br />

the cast is to be sent to the Laboratory, do not package it in plastic. Use<br />

a porous packing material.<br />

Note: Dental stone is much harder than plaster of Paris and, therefore,<br />

does not require reinforcement material to strengthen the cast.<br />

Although many books dealing with crime scene investigations<br />

contain information on casting, the only way to become skilled in the art<br />

of casting is to make numerous practice casts under varied circumstances<br />

to determine for one’s self what is meant by “pancake-batter” consistency<br />

and how much dental stone is needed for an impression of a particular<br />

size.<br />

Fig. 8-1<br />

Casting an impression. When pouring dental stone on an<br />

impression, a deflector is used to prevent alteration of the<br />

detail.


D. Materials needed:<br />

Method 2<br />

Casts - 8<br />

1. Class I dental stone, 2 pounds of dental stone pre-measured into<br />

a thick ZipLoc ® type plastic bag<br />

2. 10-12 ounces of water<br />

3. Pouring stick<br />

4. Pre-made form<br />

E. Mixing procedure:<br />

1. Pour the water into the ZipLoc ® type bag containing the dental<br />

stone.<br />

2. Knead the stone and water until it has the consistency of pancake<br />

batter, making sure there are no lumps.<br />

F. Pouring procedures:<br />

Pouring procedures are the same for each mixture whether mixed in<br />

the bowl or the ZipLoc ® type bag.<br />

III. Impressions in Snow (Sulfur casts)<br />

The casting of impressions in snow creates many problems not<br />

encountered in the casting of impressions in soil. The use of dental stone<br />

alone, for example, is not recommended, for it gives off heat while<br />

hardening, and may destroy the impression. (Dental stone may be used<br />

with SnowPrint-wax, as described in IV, below).<br />

The Laboratory therefore recommends the use of sulfur as a<br />

satisfactory casting medium for snow impressions.<br />

A. Follow procedures listed under I., Procedure - General, A and B.<br />

B. Materials needed:<br />

1. Sublimed sulfur (powder).<br />

2. Stove.<br />

3. Gallon paint can or comparable sized pan.<br />

4. “Zetex” asbestos-free protection gloves.


8 - Casts<br />

Fig 8-2<br />

A sulfur cast of a footwear impression made in snow. The air temperature at the<br />

time the cast was made was -20 degrees F. Careful examination of the<br />

photograph and the photograph of the sole of the suspect footwear (next page)<br />

reveal the presence of a number of corresponding individual charactaristics<br />

which permit the identification of the impression as having been made by the<br />

shoe pictured.<br />

5. Stirring rod.<br />

6. Deflector (piece of metal, wood, cardboard, etc.).<br />

7. Build a dam of wood, metal, or snow around the impression.


C. Procedure:<br />

Fig 8-3<br />

Suspect footwear compared to the sulfur cast (preceding figure).<br />

Casts - 8<br />

1. Place sulfur in pan and heat until thoroughly melted. (One-half<br />

filled gallon can will cast the average footwear impression.)<br />

2. Periodically stir sulfur until completely melted (approximately 15<br />

or 20 minutes).


8 - Casts<br />

3. Remove from heat source and allow to cool (periodically stirring)<br />

until sulfur begins to crystallize on the surface.<br />

4. Pour sulfur into impression (a deflector should be used).<br />

5. The sulfur will begin to harden immediately but allow cast to<br />

cool completely (at least 20 minutes) before removing cast.<br />

6. Back up sulfur cast with dental stone cast. That is, add a layer of<br />

dental stone to the top of the sulfur cast to give increased<br />

strength.<br />

D. Cautions:<br />

1. Melt sulfur outdoors or in exhaust hood. Avoid inhaling fumes.<br />

2. Sulfur casts are extremely fragile - handle with care.<br />

3. When pouring deep impressions, casts may appear to be set-up,<br />

however, molten sulfur may still be in the center of casts.<br />

4. Sulfur may flame-up if overheated.<br />

5. Liquid sulfur will become a thick syrup-type substance if<br />

overheated.<br />

IV. Impressions in Snow<br />

(Dental Stone and “SnowPrint-wax”)<br />

Dental stone may be used to cast footwear and tire impressions in<br />

snow and ice, however, SnowPrint-wax must be sprayed into the<br />

impression prior to casting the impression with dental stone. Several<br />

layers are advised and the procedure for spraying shellac or lacquer<br />

should be followed. SnowPrint-wax may be purchased commercially<br />

through law enforcement supply catalogs.


9<br />

Latent and Inked Prints<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Finger, Palm, and Foot<br />

Fingerprints, palm prints and footprints are among the most<br />

definitive types of physical evidence; few other forms of evidence can<br />

exclude all other persons except the maker and thereby establish presence<br />

at a place or possession of a thing. Because the potential value of friction<br />

ridge impressions is so great, all objects at a crime scene should be<br />

considered as possible sources of prints.<br />

The acquisition of an Automated Fingerprint Identification System<br />

(AFIS) by the Department of Justice makes it possible to search crime<br />

scene fingerprints against the state repository criminal fingerprint cards<br />

even when no suspect is named. The <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratoryalso has limited<br />

access to search a nationwide database of criminal fingerprint cards. At<br />

this time, it is not possible to search latent palmprints, although the<br />

technology is imminent. These capabilities further underline the<br />

importance of a thorough search for fingerprints at crime scenes.<br />

The Laboratory encourages user agencies to submit victim<br />

elimination fingerprints for comparison prior to any searching of the<br />

AFIS or IAFIS databases. Elimination fingerprint forms and other<br />

supplies are commercially available through law enforcement supply<br />

catalogs.<br />

Agencies with their own evidence processing personnel shall<br />

develop and preserve latent prints and submit the lift cards or<br />

photographs for comparison with fingerprint and/or palmprint<br />

exemplars, or searching through the AFIS and IAFIS databases.<br />

There is an exception to this general policy: the use of powders and<br />

chemicals may interfere with physical and chemical analysis, particularly<br />

in the case of blood, hairs, fibers and documents. Therefore, in cases<br />

79


9 - Latent and Inked Prints<br />

involving items with material adhering to their surfaces and/or which will<br />

require other types of analysis, fingerprint processing should not be done<br />

by the investigator. Rather, the unprocessed items should, when possible,<br />

be submitted to the Laboratory which will process for fingerprints when<br />

other examinations are completed.<br />

All police agencies should properly train and equip several members<br />

of their department in the procedure of obtaining good, clear and legible<br />

finger and/or palm prints at crime scenes. Prints can then be lifted and<br />

preserved by one of several recommended methods and transmitted to the<br />

Laboratory for comparison purposes.<br />

Because procedures for submission or preferences for processing<br />

procedures may vary from Laboratory to Laboratory, submitters are<br />

encouraged to contact the Laboratory in their service area if questions<br />

arise.<br />

I. General Procedures<br />

A systematic search should be conducted. Start at one point and work<br />

around the entire area. Do not skip from one location to another. Attempt<br />

to reconstruct the suspect’s path through the scene to determine where<br />

fingerprints are likely to be found. Door knobs, broken glass, weapons<br />

and items that were disturbed are obvious places to begin.<br />

Persons processing a crime scene should keep in mind two seemingly<br />

paradoxical truths. Latent prints can be found on almost any type of<br />

surface; however, latent prints will not be developed on every attempt.<br />

Past studies have shown that many departments locate usable latent prints<br />

at 30-50% of the scenes visited—and in some of those cases, the prints<br />

belong to persons with legitimate access. <strong>Investigator</strong>s should not be<br />

discouraged by recovery rates of 1 in 3 scenes. The likelihood of the<br />

recovery of usable latent prints is increased by the resourcefulness and<br />

diligence of the person conducting the search.<br />

Another important consideration is to initiate a search for latent prints<br />

as soon as possible after the discovery of the crime and to protect areas<br />

to be processed for prints from adverse weather conditions. Ordinarily,<br />

fingerprints are primarily composed of water and body fats and oils. They<br />

can evaporate if not processed in a timely manner or if they are exposed<br />

to sun, heat or wind; or they may be washed away by rain or dew if not<br />

protected.<br />

80


Latent and Inked Prints - 9<br />

It is important to clear the scene of non-essential personnel including<br />

the victims to minimize the chance that latent print evidence will be<br />

destroyed by careless handling and to minimize the likelihood that<br />

additional friction ridge prints will be deposited. The investigator should<br />

also be careful to not leave prints while processing evidence. A good rule<br />

would be for everyone entering the crime scene to wear gloves at all<br />

times.<br />

Friction ridge impressions found at the scenes of crimes can fall into<br />

one of three types: latent, visible or plastic impressions. Plastic<br />

impressions are those impressed in clay, putty or other moldable material.<br />

<strong>Investigator</strong>s should be alert to their presence when putty or other pliable<br />

material has been disturbed, such as when putty is removed from a<br />

window.<br />

Visible prints are those made by some substance which contrasts with<br />

the background. These prints can be likened to the inked fingerprints<br />

recorded on a standard arrest card. Examples include prints made in<br />

blood, ink, dirt or paint. If the suspect (or victim) was bleeding during the<br />

commission of the crime or if he/she disturbed materials that could have<br />

coated the hands or feet with the types of materials listed above,<br />

investigators should be especially alert for this type of evidence.<br />

While any chance friction ridge impression is commonly referred to<br />

as a “latent print,” most technically latent prints are those which are not<br />

immediately visible by casual inspection. These prints require some form<br />

of chemical or physical development to make them visible. Surfaces to<br />

be examined can ordinarily be divided into two categories: porous and<br />

non-porous. In most cases, different techniques are used to examine<br />

porous surfaces as opposed to non-porous surfaces.<br />

When examining smooth, reflective surfaces to determine if latent<br />

prints are present, one of the simplest methods to locate prints is to<br />

examine the object using reflected light. This is done by moving either<br />

the light or the object being examined so that the reflected light strikes<br />

the viewer in the eyes. Latent prints will often defuse the reflection,<br />

making the print appear dark against a light (reflected light) background.<br />

Remember, not all fingerprints are readily visible; therefore, an object<br />

suspected of bearing fingerprints should be processed using one or more<br />

appropriate methods. Another easy method used in conjunction with the<br />

light is called “huffing”. Exhale a “huff” of warm, moist air over the<br />

surface of the item. Ridge detail will appear during the mist cover. When<br />

the mist disappears, the ridge detail will, too.<br />

81


9 - Latent and Inked Prints<br />

II. When Fingerprints Are Discovered<br />

A. Inspect all items visually before processing. If prints are visible, take<br />

scaled photographs before processing. (This is important. Latent<br />

prints can sometimes be destroyed by the processing techniques.)<br />

B. Choose an appropriate processing technique depending upon the type<br />

of surface. The sequence of methods used is important. The methods<br />

listed in table 9-1 should be used in the order they are listed. Powder<br />

should NOT be used first, if an Alternate Light Source or laser is not<br />

available to the user agency, and the items will be submitted to the<br />

Laboratory for this process.<br />

82<br />

Table 9-1<br />

Commonly Used Latent Print Development Techniques<br />

Non-Porous<br />

(Glass, metal, etc)<br />

Reflected light<br />

Cyanoacrylate vapors<br />

(Superglue ® )<br />

Fluorescent dye stains<br />

(ALS/laser)<br />

Powders<br />

Small Particle Reagent<br />

(SPR)<br />

Semi-Porous<br />

(Glass, metal, etc)<br />

Reflected light<br />

Cyanoacrylate vapors<br />

(Superglue ® )<br />

Fluorescent dye stains<br />

(ALS/laser)<br />

Magnetic Powders 1<br />

Small Particle Reagent<br />

(SPR)<br />

Porous 2<br />

(Paper, cardboard, etc)<br />

Ninhydrin<br />

<strong>Physical</strong> Developer<br />

1 On plastic surfaces, the use of magnetic powder is recommended. Regular powder tends to<br />

“paint” the entire surface of the item rather than adhere only to the friction ridges.<br />

2 Superglue ® is not normally used on paper unless it has a smooth, shiny or glossy surface. If it<br />

does, Superglue ® should be used before any chemical processes.<br />

When using fingerprint powder, choose one that contrasts with the<br />

background. If black powder (which has the finest milling) does not<br />

provide sufficient contrast with the darker background, powders<br />

called “Bi-Chromatic” or “Dual-Use” are commercially available<br />

that show up as a light gray on the darker backgrounds and a dark<br />

gray on the lighter backgrounds. When lifted and placed on a white<br />

lift card, the powder is always dark gray.


Latent and Inked Prints - 9<br />

The use of white, silver, or fluorescent powders takes considerably<br />

more skill and practice to get good, usable latent prints and does not<br />

develop as consistent results as the black or bi-chromatic powders.<br />

These latent lifts must also be placed on black lift cards, rather than<br />

white.<br />

C. Once a print has been developed, take scaled photographs.<br />

D. There are several methods of lifting latent prints developed with<br />

powder. One method is to pull a length of tape away from the roll, but<br />

leaving the lifting tape, (clear, frosted, stretch - for irregular or curved<br />

surfaces), attached to the roll. Fold a small portion of the free end<br />

over to provide a gripping end and place the end of the tape about 1"<br />

beyond the latent print you want to lift (Fig. 9-1), and begin<br />

smoothing the tape toward and over the latent print, eliminating air<br />

bubbles as you go (Fig. 9-2). This can be accomplished by using the<br />

fingers as in Figure 9-2, or by using the flat surface of the fingernail,<br />

(NOT the sharp edge), or a pencil eraser. The same method can be<br />

used on a piece of tape removed from the roll.<br />

Fig. 9-1<br />

Tape piece still attached to the roll and anchored at one end beyond<br />

the suitable latent prints to be lifted.<br />

83


9 - Latent and Inked Prints<br />

84<br />

Fig. 9-2<br />

Smooth the tape over the suitable latent prints, from one end to the<br />

other, eliminating air bubbles.<br />

Another method of lifting is to remove a length of tape from the roll<br />

and “bow” the piece in the middle (Fig. 9-3), settle the bowed area<br />

directly over the latent print you want to lift and smooth out the air<br />

bubbles from the middle of the print outward (Fig. 9-4).<br />

Fig. 9-3<br />

Bow the piece of tape in the middle.


Latent and Inked Prints - 9<br />

Fig. 9-4<br />

Place the bowed area directly over the suitable latent print and<br />

smooth the air bubbles outward from the middle of the print<br />

Depending on the surface, many latent prints can be developed and<br />

lifted more than once. The initial lift may clear away debris around<br />

and between the ridges and the second lift may reveal a much better<br />

quality print. The lifting method used depends on the comfort level<br />

of the lifter and the amount of practice. Any method will take practice<br />

to use well.<br />

Do not mark the lifting surface of the tape with circles or arrows or<br />

other marks to indicate where latent prints may be. You might mark<br />

through a very faint latent print that is right next to the one you can<br />

see easily.<br />

On lifts from larger objects (cars, walls, etc.), you should mark an<br />

arrow on the lift card, but NOT on the tape, to indicate which<br />

direction is “up” in relation to the latent print.<br />

All lifts should be properly documented for later identification.<br />

Information recorded should include the case number, date,<br />

officers name or initials and the location where the print was<br />

developed. An attempt should then be made to redevelop the print on<br />

the object and if successful, it should be covered with transparent<br />

tape to protect it from destruction and to document its location.<br />

Remember at all times: <strong>Crime</strong> scene fingerprints are perishable.<br />

85


9 - Latent and Inked Prints<br />

E. In those cases when the item is to be examined for other types of<br />

evidence in addition to prints (such as blood, hairs, fibers,<br />

documents, etc.), the item is to be submitted to the Laboratory with<br />

the print intact and not covered with tape. Proper packaging<br />

techniques are illustrated on the following pages.<br />

86<br />

Too Much Powder Not Enough Powder Brush Damage<br />

Three major errors in dusting<br />

To avoid brush damage, attempt to follow the flow of the ridge lines with the brush<br />

strokes. This cleans between the ridges. Experiment with powder and dusting technique<br />

on a similar surface before attempting to powder a print.<br />

Fig. 9-5<br />

A properly dusted print


III. Packaging<br />

Latent and Inked Prints - 9<br />

An object bearing friction ridge prints must be properly handled and<br />

packaged to avoid destroying the prints while in transit. (See examples of<br />

proper techniques below.)<br />

DO NOT place items in plastic bags, or allow surfaces which<br />

contain latent prints to come in contact with or rub against the<br />

sides of the packaging materials.<br />

Mark containers with the word FINGERPRINTS.<br />

Fig. 9-6<br />

Firearms must be unloaded prior to acceptance by the <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory. The<br />

agency should unload all weapons prior to packaging.<br />

87


9 - Latent and Inked Prints<br />

88<br />

Fig. 9-7<br />

Automotive rearview mirror. Rearview mirrors may bear fingerprints on both<br />

front and back surfaces. Attach mirror to cardboard as shown above and<br />

package as for a knife (below).<br />

Fig. 9-8<br />

Knife bearing prints. Secure knife to a piece of cardboard by use of string or<br />

wire. The cardboard can then be attached to the inside bottom of a box. Do not<br />

use any wrapping material around the knife.


Latent and Inked Prints - 9<br />

Fig. 9-9<br />

Exhibit packaged for shipment to the Laboratory:<br />

A. Exhibit secured in rigid container<br />

B. Container sealed and labeled<br />

C. Container with outer wrapping, with Laboratory<br />

form “Transmittal of <strong>Evidence</strong>” attached.<br />

89


9 - Latent and Inked Prints<br />

90<br />

Fig. 9-10<br />

Cash box bearing prints. Attach cash box or register drawer bearing fingerprint<br />

to a board as shown above. Note: Place wooden slats between item and board to<br />

act as spacers, thus protecting the undersurface of the item from rubbing.<br />

Fig. 9-11<br />

Bottle bearing prints. A bottle may be secured as shown above.


Latent and Inked Prints - 9<br />

Fig. 9-12<br />

Light bulb bearing prints. Screw the light bulb into a socket which has been<br />

previously attached to a board. Attach the board to the inside bottom of a box.<br />

Note: Do not overlook light bulbs because burglars will occasionally unscrew<br />

the bulb, using the concealment of darkness while working with a flashlight.<br />

Flashlight batteries should also be examined for fingerprints and, if submitted<br />

to the Laboratory for processing, the batteries should not be removed from the<br />

flashlight.<br />

Fig. 9-13<br />

Glass bearing prints. Glass should be packaged as shown above. The surface<br />

bearing prints should be placed away from the open end of the box.<br />

91


9 - Latent and Inked Prints<br />

IV. Automated Fingerprint Identification System<br />

The Laboratory can search unidentified fingerprints against the state<br />

repository of known (inked) criminal fingerprint cards using the<br />

Automated Fingerprint Identification System (AFIS). The <strong>Crime</strong><br />

Laboratory also has limited access to search a nationwide database of<br />

criminal fingerprint cards. These capabilities allow fingerprints from<br />

crime scenes (or from unidentified deceased) to be checked in an effort<br />

to make identification when no suspect or victim is known. Consult the<br />

Laboratory serving your area for information on training programs and<br />

submission requirements for AFIS cases. Note that AFIS requires high<br />

quality inked fingerprints in the database for the best chance of success.<br />

Thus, read and follow the following section, V., carefully.<br />

V. Preparing Fingerprint Cards<br />

Law enforcement personnel should strive to develop the skills<br />

necessary to take legible record (“inked”) finger and palm prints.<br />

Absolute clarity of detail is paramount. Unless ridge detail is perfectly<br />

clear, it may be impossible to conduct comparisons against the latent<br />

prints. This can result in identifications not being made that would have<br />

been possible if the inked impression had been clearly recorded.<br />

Carefully study the “Properly Inked and Rolled” impression recorded in<br />

Figure 9-14. Unless the impressions you take are this clear, continue to<br />

re-print the hand or digit until clarity is achieved.<br />

Submit to the Laboratory record finger and palm prints of all persons<br />

known to have had or suspected of having had access to the item or<br />

scene. (It is especially important to secure finger and palm prints of the<br />

victim if he/she has died, since it will be nearly impossible to secure<br />

prints once the body has been interred. See B., Autopsy fingerprinting,<br />

below.)<br />

A. Taking record fingerprints from the living.<br />

92<br />

1. Preparing inked fingerprint cards<br />

a. Prepare the inking slab by placing several small dabs of ink<br />

on the surface and rolling it uniformly over the surface. Be<br />

careful not to use too much ink (see Figure 9-14). The rolled<br />

out ink should be only thick enough so that when a digit is


Latent and Inked Prints - 9<br />

rolled across the surface, the areas where the ridges picked<br />

up the ink will appear clean. The print recorded should have<br />

good contrast with the card. Practice will allow for proper<br />

inking on a consistent basis.<br />

b. Make a test ink impression on a scrap of paper to check for<br />

proper ink density.<br />

c. If possible, adjust the fingerprint card holder so that it is at<br />

the height of the person’s elbow.<br />

d. Have the person wash his/her hands if excessive grease, dirt<br />

or perspiration is present. Note: Do not take inked<br />

impression of digits having open cuts.<br />

e. Instruct the person being fingerprinted not to assist you, but<br />

to cooperate by relaxing his/her arm so it pivots easily.<br />

f. With the person positioned at your right side and slightly to<br />

the rear, grasp the right hand with your right hand. Hold the<br />

four fingers back and clear of the inking slab; ink the thumb<br />

by rolling it toward the body. Then roll the inked thumb in<br />

the designated space on the card. Repeat the process for the<br />

fingers, rolling away from the person’s body. This prevents<br />

possible drag and secures a more uniform impression.<br />

When the right hand is completed, have the person turn so<br />

he/she is standing at right angles to the card stand, with<br />

his/her back to you. Grasp the left hand and repeat the<br />

process. Do not push down on the fingers while recording<br />

them; use only enough pressure to guide and to ensure the<br />

digit does not slip. Excessive pressure will blur the<br />

impression.<br />

g. To take simultaneous impressions, re-roll ink on the slab<br />

(add more ink if necessary) and have the person wipe excess<br />

ink from his/her fingers with lint-free toweling.<br />

Simultaneous prints are not rolled; the four fingers are<br />

extended and joined. Ink and print by pressing them straight<br />

down in the appropriate block. Use only a very slight amount<br />

of pressure on the back of the person’s fingers when pressing<br />

them onto the card. Repeat with the thumbs.<br />

93


9 - Latent and Inked Prints<br />

94<br />

h. Compare the inked impressions with the Figure 9-14. If they<br />

are not properly inked or recorded, retake them.<br />

i. Have the person sign the fingerprint card in the appropriate<br />

place in your presence.<br />

j. The officer taking the prints should date and sign the card in<br />

the appropriate place.<br />

k. If palm prints are found at the crime scene, take palm prints<br />

from suspect(s) and victim(s). Remove excess ink from the<br />

person’s hands and then re-ink the entire palm and fingers.<br />

Palm prints are more clearly recorded by the following<br />

method: secure an 8" x 8" plain card to a 3" x 4" diameter<br />

cylinder with rubber bands. Possible cylinders include a<br />

short section of plastic drain pipe or a section of the<br />

cardboard tubing on which carpet is shipped.<br />

Place the tube (with card attached) on a counter top so it can<br />

roll toward the front edge, placing it so it can make one<br />

complete revolution. After inking the palm, instruct the<br />

person to hold his/her hand perfectly flat, palm down and<br />

parallel to the counter top. Grasp the person’s arm and guide<br />

the hand so the wrist is placed on the card at the bottom,<br />

ending with the tips of the fingers at the top edge of the card.<br />

As the palm draws across the card, apply very slight pressure<br />

to the back of the person’s hand with the heel of your hand<br />

(this will ensure the hollow of the palm will be recorded).<br />

The impression will be more clear if only slight pressure is<br />

applied during the procedure (only enough pressure to<br />

ensure the hand does not slip across the surface of the card).<br />

l. All finger and palm print cards must be signed and dated by<br />

both the person and the officer. The fingerprinted person<br />

should fill out all information required on the card. This<br />

information should appear in the person’s handwriting or<br />

printing.<br />

m. Make duplicate fingerprint cards as required for adequate<br />

distribution if the person has been arrested (the Laboratory,


Latent and Inked Prints - 9<br />

Wisconsin <strong>Crime</strong> Information Bureau, FBI, local agency,<br />

etc).<br />

2. Preparing “Live Scan,” electronically recorded fingerprint cards<br />

a. While electronic “live scan” readers have the potential to<br />

produce clear, nail-to-nail ridge detail, operators should not<br />

assume that this will automatically occur. Inspect the<br />

finished card to ensure that the reader and printer are<br />

functioning properly and that the finger has been properly<br />

rolled/positioned. The fingerprint image in Fig. 9-14 marked<br />

“Properly Inked and Rolled” is what a properly taken livescan<br />

image should look like as well. The last two images in<br />

Fig. 9-14 illustrate live-scan images that were either<br />

corrupted by a malfunctioning printer, or the results of<br />

incorrect rolling of the fingers.<br />

B. Autopsy fingerprinting.<br />

The importance of securing a clear set of finger and palm prints from<br />

deceased persons cannot be overstated. If the name of the person is not<br />

known or the body is disfigured beyond recognition, existing fingerprint<br />

records can be used to establish identity. Autopsy fingerprint cards must<br />

be taken as carefully as those taken at the time of an arrest. If even one<br />

of the ten fingers is smeared or inadequately recorded, a search of nonautomated<br />

fingerprint files might be precluded.<br />

Post-mortem prints may also be used to account for (eliminate) the<br />

maker of crime scene fingerprints. Only clearly recorded prints which<br />

record all areas of ridge detail will be adequate for making comparisons.<br />

It is important for investigators to remember the suitability of the autopsy<br />

prints may not be evaluated by fingerprint technicians or Laboratory staff<br />

until after the body has been interred. For that reason, clear, complete<br />

records must be made.<br />

A number of methods have been devised to record postmortem prints.<br />

The following pages describe three. Selection of any one method<br />

depends on personal preferences and case circumstances.<br />

Method 1 - Ink is applied to the fingers in a number of ways. Either<br />

the ink roller is rolled around the finger pattern areas, inking foils may be<br />

used, Porelon ® pads, etc. Never use regular stamp pads. The weave<br />

pattern or texture of the surface will interfere with the minute detail of the<br />

95


9 - Latent and Inked Prints<br />

fingerprint ridges. A fingerprint card is cut into strips, one strip with each<br />

of the five fingers of one hand. The strip may either be cupped in the<br />

fingers of the person taking the deceased’s fingerprints, or slipped into a<br />

post mortem “spoon” specifically designed for this task. Then the strip is<br />

rotated once around the pattern area of the finger. It may be necessary to<br />

make several attempts at each finger in order to record a clear and<br />

complete impression. Remember, you will probably only get one chance<br />

to fingerprint the deceased. The strips are then attached in proper order<br />

to a full-sized fingerprint card.<br />

Method 2 - Fingerprint powder and stretchable fingerprint lifting<br />

tape may also be used to record post-mortem fingerprints. The fingers are<br />

lightly dusted with fingerprint powder (dedicate one fingerprint brush<br />

only for post-mortem fingerprinting), and individual pieces of stretch<br />

tape are smoothed over the pattern area of the finger. If the tape is applied<br />

directly to a fingerprint card, remember that the fingerprint impressions<br />

will be reversed, and must be marked immediately as to which finger is<br />

which and placed in their correct positions on the card. The tape may also<br />

be applied to clear acetate pieces, which can then be turned over and<br />

taped to the fingerprint card in their correct orientations for comparison.<br />

Method 3 - Another method of taking post-mortem prints which is<br />

especially good for taking palmprints is the Handiprint ® method, which<br />

is available from Kinderprint Co, Inc. Handiprint ® is a smooth, white,<br />

slightly stretchable sheet of adhesive paper. Lightly dust the entire palm<br />

and fingers with fingerprint powder and smooth the Handprint ® sheet<br />

over the palm, making sure to get all the “nooks and crannies”, without<br />

excessive pressure. The sheet is then lifted off the palm and covered with<br />

a sheet of clear acetate. Any parts of the thumb and fingers missed may<br />

be rolled at the edges prior to covering with the acetate sheet.<br />

96


Latent and Inked Prints - 9<br />

Too Much Ink Not Enough Ink Dirt and Grease<br />

Incompletely Rolled Properly Inked and Rolled<br />

Examples of poor results using "live scan" electronic print recording.<br />

Fig. 9-14<br />

Examples of common problems with inked and “live scan” fingerprint cards, and an<br />

example of a properly inked and rolled print.<br />

97


98<br />

Notes


10<br />

Footwear and<br />

Tire Impressions<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Footwear Impressions<br />

This section deals only with surface impressions found on flat, rigid<br />

surfaces such as wood, tile, linoleum, or paper. Impressions in mud,<br />

snow, and other pliable or semi-plastic materials are discussed in the<br />

chapter on Casts.<br />

Footwear impressions may yield information as to the type, make<br />

and approximate size of the shoe or boot. In some cases, conclusive identification<br />

can be made, linking a particular shoe to the crime scene<br />

impression. The likelihood of conclusive identification is a function of<br />

several factors, but it is primarily governed by the amount of wear<br />

sustained by the outsole, the ability of the receiving surface to resolve the<br />

fine detail of the impression, and the fineness of the material by which the<br />

impression is deposited.<br />

A footwear impression may be either positive or negative: the<br />

impression may be the result of dust or other material being deposited on<br />

a clean surface, or it may be the result of the outsole removing dust or<br />

other material from the surface. Either type of impression has the<br />

potential of being suitable for comparison and identification.<br />

Impressions made in dust, particularly those made on hard, smooth<br />

surfaces, are the most likely to yield a conclusive identification.<br />

<strong>Investigator</strong>s should be alert to the possibility of such impressions when<br />

broken glass is found in an area where the perpetrator could have stepped.<br />

Another potential source of such impressions is plastic windows in outof-the-way<br />

areas that are rarely cleaned (such as in gas stations or<br />

warehouses). In some cases the window will be forced out with the foot,<br />

or once forced will be stepped on, removing dust from the surface and<br />

creating a negative record of the outsole.<br />

99


10 - Footwear and Tire Impressions<br />

Whenever possible, submit the original item on which the<br />

impression appears. Lifts made in the field and improperly taken<br />

photographs rarely show the fine detail necessary to make a conclusive<br />

identification.<br />

I. Procedure: Surface or Dust Impressions<br />

A. Photograph entire area to show walking pattern or relation of<br />

impressions to surrounding objects.<br />

B. Take scaled photograph of each footwear impression. (See the<br />

Photography chapter for procedures.)<br />

C. Prepare scaled diagram showing the position of the impression(s) in<br />

relation to fixed objects at the scene.<br />

II. Recovery of Objects and/or Impressions<br />

A. Recover and preserve the object bearing the impression.<br />

B. If this is impossible, the impressions should be lifted by using an<br />

“electrostatic lifter,” a transparent footwear residue lifter or a rubber<br />

footwear lifter.1<br />

C. Submit the object bearing the impression or the lift, copies of<br />

diagrams, photographs, etc., to the Laboratory.<br />

Tire Impressions<br />

Tire impressions sometimes permit identification of type and make<br />

of the tire. In some cases, a tire may be conclusively identified as the<br />

maker of an impression. Contact the Laboratory serving your area for<br />

further information on requirements and submission procedures for cases<br />

involving tire impressions.<br />

1 Available from law enforcement equipment supply houses.<br />

100


I. Procedure: Surface or Dust Impressions<br />

Footwear and Tire Impressions - 10<br />

A. Photograph entire area to show tire pattern or relation of impressions<br />

to surrounding objects.<br />

B. Take scaled photograph of tire impressions(s). (See the Photography<br />

chapter for procedures.)<br />

C. Prepare scaled diagram showing the position of impression(s) in<br />

relation to fixed objects at the scene.<br />

II. Recovery of Objects and/or Impressions<br />

A. Recover and preserve objects bearing impressions.<br />

B. If this is impossible, the impressions should be lifted by using one of<br />

the methods described in Footwear Impressions, II, B, above.<br />

C. Submit the object bearing the impression or the lift, copies of<br />

diagrams, photographs, etc., to the Laboratory.<br />

101


102<br />

Notes


11<br />

Burglary<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Evidentiary Considerations<br />

Burglary is one of the offenses most commonly encountered by law<br />

enforcement officers. The initial investigation of a burglary scene is<br />

extremely important, for the objective is not only to determine what may<br />

be missing, but also to locate and recover physical evidence which<br />

associates the burglar with the crime scene. The following outline may be<br />

used by the investigating officer as a procedural guide when processing<br />

a burglary scene.<br />

Caution: Observe laws relating to the collection of evidence.<br />

I. Security and Protection at the <strong>Scene</strong><br />

A. Allow authorized personnel only.<br />

B. Rope off or barricade area under investigation.<br />

C. Protect outside areas from elements with a new tarpaulin or plastic<br />

sheet.<br />

D. Maintain security until the scene is completely processed.<br />

II. What to Look for<br />

A. In surrounding area:<br />

1. Footwear impressions (determine origin)<br />

2. Tire marks (determine origin)<br />

3. Drag marks<br />

4. Abandoned loot, tools, clothing, etc.<br />

B. At scene:<br />

1. Point and method of entry<br />

2. Object of burglary<br />

3. Point and method of exit<br />

103


11 - Burglary<br />

4. Obvious objects of value “passed up”<br />

5. Fingerprints, glove imprints<br />

C. At point of entry:<br />

1. Hairs, fibers, other materials<br />

2. Chips of paint, wood, glass, and tools<br />

3. Blood<br />

4. Tool marks (photo)<br />

5. Tools<br />

6. Other items of evidence<br />

D. Inside burglarized premises:<br />

1. Finger, foot, footwear, and palm prints<br />

2. Burglarized objects<br />

3. Tools and source of tools (property of victim or perpetrator)<br />

4. Tool marks (photograph)<br />

5. Broken or fractured pieces of tools (may be recovered in floor<br />

sweepings)<br />

E. Suspect:<br />

1. Trace materials may be present on the clothing of a suspect.<br />

Therefore, all clothing should be submitted to the Trace<br />

<strong>Evidence</strong> section according to procedures outlined in Chapter<br />

18, Clothing and Fabrics.<br />

2. The vehicle involved should be thoroughly searched for the<br />

presence of physical evidence. Vacuum seats, floors, dash<br />

separately.<br />

III. Procedure at <strong>Scene</strong><br />

A. Photograph and diagram the crime scene.<br />

B. Recover, mark, and preserve physical evidence found, according to<br />

directions set forth in section pertaining to evidence of that type.<br />

IV. Materials Required by Laboratory<br />

A. Photographs and diagrams or sketches of crime scene.<br />

B. <strong>Physical</strong> evidence that has been photographed, recovered, marked,<br />

and preserved in the proper manner.<br />

104


Safe Burglary<br />

Burglary - 11<br />

In some rare cases, a safe may be drilled with a core drill to gain<br />

entrance. In these sophisticated types of burglary, the Laboratory should<br />

be contacted for assistance.<br />

A diagram describing the accepted nomenclature of parts usually<br />

encountered in a safe burglary investigation has been included in an<br />

effort to show the correct names of safe parts. Knowledge and use of this<br />

terminology will aid the investigator and the Forensic Scientist in<br />

communicating effectively regarding safe burglaries.<br />

Although explosives are not employed very often in safe burglaries,<br />

the possibility of their use should not be overlooked. If there is reason to<br />

suspect explosives were used, it is recommended the scene be evacuated<br />

and secured. Then, for guidance in handling the situation contact one of<br />

the following:<br />

- A local bomb squad<br />

- The Federal Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF) -<br />

in Wisconsin, 414 - 297 - 3100<br />

- The nearest Explosive Ordnance Disposal Unit -<br />

in Wisconsin, at Fort McCoy, 608 - 388 - 3315<br />

Fig. 11-1<br />

Combination lock nomenclature<br />

A Dial Knob D Tube Nut G Lock Case<br />

B Dial E Dial Ring H Wheel<br />

C Spindle F Spindle Tube I Cover<br />

105


11 - Burglary<br />

If explosives are expected:<br />

106<br />

Do not attempt to neutralize or destroy remaining explosives.<br />

Do not turn on any electrical switches.<br />

Do not walk or step in a liquid or suspected explosive material.<br />

Do not move any object.<br />

Do not smoke or use matches in area.<br />

Do not pick up any detonators or explosives.<br />

Do not breathe any vapors which may be present. Nitroglycerine may<br />

cause a very severe headache.<br />

Fig 11-2<br />

Safe Nomenclature<br />

A Locking Bolt F Dial Ring<br />

B Carrying Bar G Dial<br />

C Cladding (outer metal shell) H Hinge Acorn<br />

D Firewall Material I Hinge<br />

E Door Handle J Front Plate


Fig. 11-3<br />

Fracture Matches-broken tools.<br />

Burglary - 11<br />

After the scene has been processed for finger-, foot-, and palm prints, it should<br />

be carefully swept to recover all debris. The debris pile should be thoroughly<br />

searched for the presence of broken tool parts and other physical evidence.<br />

Broken tool parts may be fracture matched with a suspect tool. This is a<br />

conclusive type of identification and is not uncommon in burglary investigations.<br />

The recovery and search for debris is frequently overlooked, however,<br />

resulting in the loss of valuable evidence.<br />

107


108<br />

Notes


12<br />

Building Materials<br />

________________________________________________<br />

In investigations which involve breaking and entering, building<br />

materials such as paint, glass, wood, plaster, metal, etc., may adhere to<br />

the perpetrator’s clothing or tools. These fragments may later be<br />

identified as originating from the scene. Building materials from different<br />

sources -which appear by visual examination to be similar - may be differentiated<br />

by their physical and chemical properties.<br />

Procedure<br />

A. <strong>Crime</strong> scene:<br />

1. At the point of entry, or at any point of damage, collect samples<br />

of each type of building material involved (Fig. 12-1). Do not cut<br />

through tool marks. If one type of material has been damaged in<br />

several places, obtain known samples from each site, since the<br />

composition may vary.<br />

2. Any tool or instrument impressions found on building materials<br />

should be properly preserved and submitted to the Laboratory.<br />

Recover known sample of building materials from point of entry<br />

(see Fig. 12-1). Foreign paint in the impression may be linked to<br />

paint on a suspect tool. Use caution to preserve foreign matter.<br />

3. When glass has been broken, collect all glass found at the scene.<br />

If more than one window has been broken, glass from each pane<br />

should be packaged and submitted separately. This also applies<br />

to thermo- or double pane windows and laminated windows. If<br />

the direction of force used to break a window is in question,<br />

collect all glass from the window frame and from the ground<br />

inside and out. If the glass is removed from the frame, be sure to<br />

mark one surface to indicate whether it was “inside” or “outside”<br />

when in the frame. Package each sample separately or submit the<br />

window frame with the glass in place (see Chapter 13, Glass).<br />

109


12 - Building Materials<br />

110<br />

4. Care should be taken in choosing a container, to avoid loss or<br />

contamination of the evidence. Do not use plastic petri dishes<br />

or mailing envelopes.<br />

5. Container should be marked with the following information,<br />

sealed, then submitted to the Laboratory:<br />

a. Description of contents<br />

b. Exact source of contents<br />

c. Date and time recovered<br />

d. Case and item number<br />

e. Name of officer recovering the material<br />

6. Recover all tools remaining at the scene for possible fingerprints.<br />

B. Suspects:<br />

1. Collect all clothing worn by the suspect at the time of crime,<br />

including shoes (see Chapter 18, Clothing and Fabrics).<br />

2. Examine head and all bare skin areas (hands, arms, legs, feet) for<br />

fresh cuts that might contain building materials, especially glass.<br />

Building materials trapped in hair can be recovered by combing<br />

over a clean piece of paper or cloth sheet. Collect all trace<br />

evidence and combings.<br />

3. Collect all suspect tools.<br />

4. Examine interior and trunk of suspect’s car for debris and traces<br />

of building materials.<br />

5. If the suspect claims a source for materials found, obtain a known<br />

sample from the claimed source.<br />

6. Package all of these samples separately as described above.<br />

Avoid cross-contaminating samples taken from the suspect with<br />

those taken from the scene.


Fig. 12-1<br />

Building Materials - 12<br />

This cross section of a burglary scene shows the various materials that should be<br />

recovered. In this case, an unsuccessful attempt was made to gain entry by forcing the<br />

door frame and adjoining wall. Entry was finally gained through the window. Known<br />

samples should be taken of all damaged materials:<br />

A Known glass remaining C Building insulation<br />

in the window frame D Building block and mortar<br />

B Wallboard, plaster, wallpaper, E Brick and mortar<br />

paint, etc. F Wood from door<br />

Note: Recover and package separately building materials from ground outside point of<br />

entry (i.e., at the door) as well as glass fragments found inside and outside the building.<br />

111


12 - Building Materials<br />

112<br />

Fig. 12-2<br />

Trace transfer of materials may be found adhering to pry bars.<br />

Fig. 12-3<br />

Glass chips recovered from the suspect's clothes which are consistent<br />

with glass broken at the scene.


13<br />

Glass<br />

__________________________________________________________<br />

One of the more important types of physical evidence which is<br />

frequently overlooked by the investigator is glass. Its evidentiary value<br />

lies in the fact that there are thousands of different formulae used in the<br />

manufacturing of glass.<br />

Recovered glass samples may be separated into several groups: two<br />

of the main groups are window/windshield glass and headlight glass.<br />

EXAMPLE 1: The glass recovered from a broken window at a<br />

burglary scene and glass recovered from the clothing and shoes<br />

removed from a person suspected of committing the burglary.<br />

EXAMPLE 2: The glass remaining in a broken vehicle headlight<br />

assembly and the glass recovered at the scene of a hit-and-run<br />

investigation.<br />

Considering these examples, it should be noted that the glass which<br />

is recovered from a known source, such as a broken window or a broken<br />

headlight, is considered known glass. The glass recovered from the<br />

clothing and shoes or the hit-and-run scene is considered questioned<br />

glass.<br />

Comparison of irregularly shaped fractured edges of pieces of glass<br />

may reveal a puzzle-like match which indicates that two sources of glass<br />

were at one time a part of the same object.<br />

If a fracture match is not possible, comparison of known glass with<br />

questioned glass may reveal similarities in their physical, optical, or<br />

chemical properties. This type of examination may result in a class identification.<br />

That is, there is more than one headlight or window that will<br />

have the same properties as the known headlight or window. Therefore,<br />

specific identification can not result from measurements of physical,<br />

optical, or chemical properties.<br />

113


13 - Glass<br />

It is also possible to determine the direction of force used to break<br />

glass by examining stress marks present on the broken edges. In order to<br />

do this, it is necessary to reconstruct as much of the original pane as<br />

possible. Therefore, all glass from the scene must be recovered to<br />

reconstruct the item so the point of impact can be determined and<br />

detailed examination of the individual fragments can be conducted.<br />

114<br />

Caution: Observe laws relating to the collection of evidence.<br />

Procedure<br />

A. Fracture matches<br />

1. Fracture matching is the most positive form of identification and<br />

therefore it is of utmost importance that all glass fragments be<br />

recovered, since it is impossible to know in advance which<br />

recovered pieces will mate with one another.<br />

2. Collect all glass fragments from all sources (i.e., scene, vehicles,<br />

clothing, etc.) and package glass from each source separately in<br />

order to associate the glass from any one source with the scene.<br />

B. Chemical analysis<br />

1. Collected for comparison with glass samples recovered from<br />

remote locations or from the clothing to show commonality of<br />

chemical make-up. (Does not individualize a sample to a single<br />

source.)<br />

2. Recover a sample of glass still in the frame. Glass from the<br />

window frame is the only source that can be used as a known for<br />

chemical analysis.<br />

C. Determination of the direction of force<br />

1. It is preferable to remove the window frame with the remaining<br />

glass still in place and to submit it to the Laboratory. If this is<br />

impossible and the glass must be removed from the frame, be<br />

sure to mark each piece to indicate the “inside” surface or the<br />

“outside” surface before removed from the frame. Collect all<br />

glass from the window frame.<br />

2. Glass found in different areas should be recovered and packaged<br />

separately. Example: Glass found on the floor inside should be


D. Packaging<br />

Glass - 13<br />

packaged separately from glass found outside. It cannot be<br />

overemphasized that glass recovered from different areas should<br />

be packaged separately.<br />

1. Package glass pieces in rigid containers. Protect the broken or<br />

fractured edges of the pieces of glass from any additional<br />

damage or breakage.<br />

2. The value of the procedure for packaging glass from different<br />

sources separately will be nullified if the packaging material<br />

tears or breaks, allowing transfer of small pieces or fragments of<br />

glass between packages. Do not package glass in paper, mailing<br />

envelopes, cellophane, or plastic bags.<br />

115


116<br />

Notes


14<br />

Woods and Sawdust<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Wood slivers and chips from doors, siding, or broken window frames,<br />

frequently adhere to suspect’s clothing and may be related to their source.<br />

Large items of wood such as boards, logs, trees, or blocking may also be<br />

identified by appropriate Laboratory examination and comparison.<br />

The investigator should consider the possibility of sawdust on shoes,<br />

in trouser cuffs, and in pockets of suspects who have recently left a crime<br />

scene such as a butcher shop, lumber yard, construction site, or similar<br />

location. Since sawdust is generally composed of many types of species,<br />

Laboratory findings of correspondence between samples from both the<br />

suspect and the scene may provide valuable information.<br />

Caution: Observe laws relating to the collection of evidence.<br />

Procedure<br />

Damaged wood found at burglary sites should be submitted for<br />

comparison with recovered wood fragments from suspect’s clothing<br />

and/or tools used to commit the crime. All clothing (including shoes)<br />

worn by the suspect at the time of the crime should be submitted to the<br />

Laboratory. See Chapter 18, Clothing and Fabrics for packaging<br />

procedure. If there are wood chips or sawdust at the scene, take several<br />

samples from different areas, package separately, mark, and seal.<br />

Samples can be placed in small glass bottles or vials. Avoid use of<br />

envelopes, since wood fragments may be damaged in transmittal if not<br />

protected by rigid container. Package, seal, and label the container. See<br />

Chapter 13, Glass.<br />

117


14 - Woods and Sawdust<br />

118<br />

Fig. 14-1<br />

Wood sliver fracture match.<br />

The 1/2 " wood sliver illustrated above was found in the trousers of a burglary<br />

suspect and was subsequently fracture matched to wood form the scene.


15<br />

Tool Marks<br />

________________________________________________<br />

I. General<br />

For the purposes of this chapter, a tool is any instrument or object<br />

capable of making a mark on another object.<br />

Tool mark identification techniques may be applied to many types of<br />

investigations (knife marks on bone; fractured knife blades; homemade<br />

explosive devices; crimp marks on detonators; cut marks on wire;<br />

fractured radio antennas), as well as burglary.<br />

A close examination of a tool mark may reveal the type of tool,<br />

contour of the cutting edge, blade width and color of the tool, or the<br />

presence of trace material.<br />

II. Types of Tool Marks<br />

Generally, tool marks encountered at a crime scene may be in the<br />

form of embossed “impressions,” striated “drag” or “shear” marks, or a<br />

combination of both. (See Figs 15-1 and 15-2.) For example, a drive<br />

punch will generally leave an embossed impression, whereas a<br />

screwdriver or pry bar will frequently leave a striated mark, as well as an<br />

embossed impression of the tip of the tool.<br />

III. Location of Tool Marks<br />

Tool marks may be found at points of entry and exit at victimized<br />

premises and upon objects which have been attacked.<br />

119


15 - Tool Marks<br />

IV. Recovery of Tool Marks<br />

A. Always submit object containing tool mark to Laboratory.<br />

B. If not practical to submit the object, remove section of material<br />

containing tool mark and submit to Laboratory.<br />

C. Only as a last resort, make a cast of the tool mark.<br />

D. Mark, protect and individually package item(s) containing tool<br />

mark(s) and forward to Laboratory.<br />

V. Casting of Tool Marks<br />

Silicone plastic-type materials have been found satisfactory for<br />

casting tool marks. They are available through scientific and law<br />

enforcement supply houses. Directions for their use are contained in each<br />

kit.<br />

Do not use plasticine, plaster of Paris, patch plaster, and similar<br />

materials which have a tendency to shrink.<br />

VI. Tools<br />

120<br />

Caution: Observe laws relating to the collection of evidence.<br />

Recover all suspect tools and inventory, observing the following<br />

precautions, and submit them to the Laboratory for examination and<br />

comparison with tool marks.<br />

A. Never place a suspect tool in contact with a questioned tool mark or<br />

cast.<br />

B. Inscribe identification marks on tools for later identification.<br />

Exercise extreme care in handling and marking tool(s) if it is to be<br />

checked for fingerprints and/or trace material.<br />

C. Package each tool individually to protect the tool for possible<br />

fingerprint, and/or trace material examination.


Tool Marks - 15<br />

Fig 15-1<br />

Embossed Tool Mark<br />

A-AA portion of the tool mark reveals the class characteristics (size and shape) of<br />

the tool.<br />

B-BB reveals individual characteristics of this particular tool. B are grinding or<br />

manufacturer's marks; BB is a nick in the edge of the tool.<br />

121


15 - Tool Marks<br />

122<br />

Fig 15-2<br />

Striated tool mark<br />

Area A shows the entire blade width, or both class limits of the tool making mark. The<br />

intervening line, or striations, are the tool's individual characteristics.<br />

Area B, a partial tool mark, shows one blade edge, or class limit, of the screwdriver and<br />

individual characteristics.<br />

Area C, a partial tool mark, does not show either class limit but does show individual<br />

characteristics.<br />

Inset circle shows an enlarged view of the edge of the tool blade, showing individual characteristics<br />

acquired during manufacture, use, misuse, regrinding, or intentional alteration.


Tool Marks - 15<br />

Fig. 15-3<br />

Double-blade tools such as bolt cutters are often used to cut padlock shackles. When<br />

recovered in the possession of a suspect, they may connect the offender with the crime.<br />

Fig. 15-4 Fig. 15-5<br />

Fig. 15-4. Damage to the cutting edge of the blades causes individual characteristics to<br />

be reproduced on cut surfaces.<br />

Fig. 15-5. Individual characteristics are caused by these defects as shown in this<br />

comparison microphotograph.<br />

123


124<br />

Notes


16<br />

Paints<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Paint chips and fragments of other protective coatings such as<br />

varnishes, sealers, lacquers, enamels, and plastics are frequently<br />

recovered at scenes of burglaries, hit and run vehicles and scenes, forced<br />

entries, etc. A determination of common origin is possible in cases where<br />

irregularly shaped adjoining edges of paint chips can be physically joined<br />

to form a fracture match (see Figure16-1). However, the value of a<br />

single-layered paint chip or paint smear should not be overlooked.<br />

Fig. 16-1<br />

Fracture match of paint chips. Two fragments of paint showing a common fracture match.<br />

One fragment was found at the scene of a crime. The other was recovered from the<br />

suspect vehicle.<br />

Fig 16-2<br />

Cross section of multi-layer paint chip. Each layer represents a different color, type, and<br />

a separate painting operation. (Magnification approximately X350).<br />

125


16 - Paints<br />

Procedure<br />

The following procedures are recommended for recovery of paint<br />

samples.<br />

126<br />

Caution: Observe laws relating to the collection of evidence.<br />

A. Recover, package, and seal all paint samples separately.<br />

B. Recover known paint samples from areas immediately adjacent to the<br />

damaged area. The hoods, trunks, and fenders of vehicles may not be<br />

painted at the same location or with the same paint used on the body.<br />

Therefore, it is of utmost importance that a known paint sample be<br />

taken from the exact part of the vehicle upon which the damage<br />

occurred. In hit-and-run investigations, the known paint samples<br />

should be taken near the point of impact, but should not be taken<br />

from areas of corrosion, such as the rocker panels.<br />

C. When tool marks exist on a damaged object, recover paint samples<br />

from areas immediately adjacent to tool marks without mutilating the<br />

tool mark.<br />

Fig 16-3<br />

Recovery of Paint Sample<br />

Tape a clean sheet of paper (do not use envelopes) to the object in the manner shown,<br />

forming a pocket. Mark the paper for identification. Scrape the questioned paint into the<br />

pocket formed by the paper. It is important to use a new, disposable scalpel blade or razor<br />

blade for each sample to avoid contamination. Some razor blades are coated with oil to<br />

prevent rusting. Therefore, all razor blades should be thoroughly cleaned with a clean<br />

cloth or tissue just before they are used.


Paints - 16<br />

Fig 16-4<br />

Packaging Paint Sample<br />

Carefully remove the paper from the object and fold each edge toward the center so that<br />

the packet is completely closed.<br />

Fig. 16-5<br />

Properly sealed Paint Sample<br />

Insert each packet into a separate new, clean bottle, together with the scalpel blade or<br />

razor blade used in recovering the sample. Seal and label according to instructions<br />

previously recommended.<br />

D. When areas of paint are missing from sheet metal parts of vehicles or<br />

doors and windows of residences and businesses, consideration<br />

should be given to bringing the entire part to the Laboratory for<br />

possible fracture match analysis.<br />

E. Avoid use of any container which would permit loss or contamination<br />

of contents, especially envelopes and plastic petri dishes, since the<br />

manufacturer’s seal is not leak proof.<br />

F. Use a new, clean scalpel blade or razor blade for each sample<br />

recovered; enclose in bottle with sample.<br />

G. Do not use gummed tape to recover paint samples because it<br />

interferes with the chemical analysis.<br />

127


128


17<br />

Metals<br />

_________________________________________________________<br />

It is possible to compare metals on the basis of their elemental<br />

composition and surface morphology. Even minute particles can be<br />

examined. Questioned metal fragments which have been broken from<br />

their original source may often be fracture matched to that source.<br />

Caution: Observe laws relating to the collection of evidence.<br />

Procedure<br />

Recover all metal fragments found at the scene. These should be<br />

sealed in vials, bottles, paper bags or other suitable containers. Package<br />

and label (see Chapter 14, Woods and Sawdust).<br />

Recover and submit all metal objects involved or encountered in an<br />

investigation. Although metal fragments may not be found at the scene,<br />

they may be detected later when the clothing is examined, since they may<br />

adhere to the surface or lodge in pockets and cuffs or to shoes. Therefore,<br />

it is important to have for comparison the object from which the<br />

fragments may have originated.<br />

Fig. 17-1<br />

Trace metal and glass fragments can often be recovered from the soles of shoes<br />

if the suspect walks through such evidence during commission of the offense.<br />

129


130<br />

Notes


18<br />

Clothing and Fabrics<br />

__________________________________________________________<br />

Clothing fibers or small pieces of fabric found at burglary scenes, on<br />

suspect hit-and-run vehicles, weapons, or other objects can often be<br />

compared or even matched with a suspect’s or victim’s clothing. Small<br />

particles of paint, plastic, metal, wood, glass, soil, or other materials<br />

frequently adhere to clothing (pockets, trousers, cuffs, etc.) and may be<br />

related to the scene.<br />

The Laboratory has special equipment to recover trace evidence from<br />

clothing. Clothing recovered for examination should be handled with<br />

care to avoid damage to critical areas. It is important to collect clothing<br />

before it is cleaned or otherwise altered. Trace materials are usually<br />

removed or lost in the cleaning process.<br />

Caution: Observe laws relating to the collection of evidence.<br />

I. General Procedure<br />

A. Recover clothing to be examined. Clothing should be carefully<br />

removed from the person or body. Care should be taken to minimize<br />

damage to garments. Do not cut through stains, bullet holes, or knife<br />

penetrations. Collect and package each item separately. It is<br />

extremely important to keep items separated to avoid contamination<br />

during recovery, storage, and transmittal to the Laboratory.<br />

B. A tag marked with all pertinent information should be attached to<br />

each item. Lead wire seals or locking plastic cable ties may be used<br />

to attach the tag to the clothing. If a lead seal is used, it can be<br />

crimped and inscribed with the officer’s initials. Plastic cable ties can<br />

be marked with an indelible marker.<br />

131


18 - Clothing and Fabrics<br />

C. Clothing or other items that are damp or wet with blood, urine, water,<br />

etc., should be air dried in a draft-free place prior to packaging. Do<br />

not package damp clothing or other damp items in plastic bags.<br />

A piece of clean paper should be spread under drying items to catch<br />

any debris which might be dislodged. The paper and any debris<br />

thereon should be packaged with the item. Label, seal and submit to<br />

the Laboratory.<br />

D. Package each dry item in a clean paper bag, label and seal.<br />

E. Plastic bags are not suitable at any time for packaging shoes and<br />

other leather objects. A new, clean paper bag should be used for each<br />

leather object.<br />

II. Packaging Items<br />

A. Mark the paper bag with identifying data (description, source, date,<br />

time of recovery, case number, initials of persons involved in<br />

recovery, and other pertinent information).<br />

B. Seal the bag using one of the methods discussed in Chapter 2,<br />

<strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity.<br />

132


19<br />

Fracture and Tear Matches<br />

__________________________________________________________<br />

If the irregularly shaped fractured or torn edges of two pieces of any<br />

material can be joined together to form a continuous section, then it can<br />

be concluded that the two pieces at one time shared a common origin.<br />

This comparison is the most positive conclusion that can be drawn in the<br />

area of trace evidence. The Forensic Scientist has eliminated all other<br />

similar materials as the source of these two pieces.<br />

<strong>Investigator</strong>s often carefully check a scene for fingerprints, knowing<br />

their value to conclusively link a person to the scene - while overlooking<br />

a torn piece of paper, a broken piece of metal or glass, or other broken<br />

item. Any of those items can, if another piece is found in the possession<br />

of a suspect, form just as conclusive a link with the scene.<br />

A puzzle or fracture match results when two pieces of rigid material<br />

(plastic, wood, glass, metal, etc.) from separate locations are<br />

reconstructed to form a continuous section of that material. A cut or tear<br />

match results when two pieces of pliable material (such as, plastic bags,<br />

paper, foil, fabric, etc.) from separate locations are reconstructed to form<br />

a continuous section of that material. Perforated paper products (checks,<br />

notebook paper, LSD blotter paper, etc.) can often be linked back to their<br />

source via tear matches.<br />

Importance of Thorough Collection<br />

and Proper Preservation<br />

It is of the utmost importance that all pieces of the broken item(s) at<br />

the scene be collected and preserved for later comparison with similar<br />

evidence collected from the suspect, victim, vehicle, home or other<br />

scenes; it is impossible to know in advance which pieces will be matched<br />

to each other. This requires a careful and thorough search of the scene.<br />

Package items from each location separately. In order to confidently<br />

establish a link between an item left at the scene and another item<br />

recovered elsewhere, each item’s origin must be documented. If items<br />

are, or could be co-mingled during collection, storage, or transport, their<br />

133


19 - Fracture and Tear Matches<br />

evidentiary value is lost. See Chapter 2, <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity, for further<br />

information on packaging and sealing.<br />

For information on specific types of fracture matches and procedures<br />

associated with their collection, see the following chapters: Chapter 11,<br />

Burglary; Chapter 12, Building Materials; Chapter 13, Glass; Chapter 14,<br />

Woods and Sawdust; Chapter 15, Tool Marks; Chapter 16, Paints;<br />

Chapter 17, Metals; Chapter 32, Automobiles and Other Vehicles; and<br />

Chapter 33, Documents.<br />

134<br />

Table 19-1<br />

Examples of Potential Sources for Fracture Matches<br />

Motor Vehicles Bicycles Burglary Miscellaneous<br />

_________________________________________________________<br />

paint chips tubular metal paint† knives<br />

headlights reflectors wood† feathers<br />

grill lights tool parts stone<br />

ext’r mirrors tires glass bones:<br />

antenna inner tubes safe wall animal<br />

windshields spokes metal: human<br />

wipers fenders doors<br />

parking lights baskets trim<br />

tail lights machinery<br />

trim pieces<br />

† - fractured material may be found adhering to a tool<br />

Table 19-2<br />

Examples of Potential Sources for Tear/Perforation Matches<br />

____________________________________________________<br />

matches cardboard<br />

documents money<br />

paper bags LSD blotter paper<br />

checks drug folds<br />

stamps cloth/fabric<br />

sheet plastic plastic bags


20<br />

Autopsy<br />

Autopsy - 20<br />

__________________________________________________________<br />

An autopsy is required in all violent or unattended deaths to<br />

determine the approximate time and precise cause of death. An<br />

unattended death is one for which there was no preexisting illness,<br />

medical condition, or reasonable explanation.<br />

Where there is reason to believe foul play is involved in a human<br />

death, and when a request is made by an authorized agency, Laboratory<br />

personnel may assist a forensic pathologist during the autopsy.<br />

I. Procedure for the Officer<br />

A. Obtain authorization for the autopsy from the coroner or medical<br />

examiner. This authorization must be in writing and delivered to the<br />

pathologist prior to performance of the autopsy.<br />

B. A complete set of x-rays should be taken of the entire body. If metal<br />

fragments are detected, a side view should be taken to help locate the<br />

exact position of the fragments.<br />

C. Record the following and any other information considered pertinent:<br />

1. Name and date of birth of deceased (if known).<br />

2. Any emergency medical treatment performed on victim.<br />

3. Time, date, and location of autopsy.<br />

4. Names and titles of persons in attendance.<br />

D. Inform the pathologist of all pertinent information relative to the<br />

case.<br />

135


20 - Autopsy<br />

E. If the pathologist is unaware of the specimens required by the<br />

Laboratory for their analyses or the methods preferred by the<br />

Laboratory to recover and preserve specimens, provide him/her with<br />

Section II of this chapter.<br />

F. Photograph the body as outlined in Chapter 4, Photography -<br />

Autopsy Photographic Procedure.<br />

G. Recover the (new) sheet used to convey the victim from the scene to<br />

the hospital or morgue. Air dry if wet or bloodstained and place in a<br />

separate clean paper bag. Avoid unnecessary handling of the sheet to<br />

prevent loss of trace evidence. Properly mark for identification.<br />

H. Bindings used to restrain victim, if any, should be recovered by<br />

cutting an area where no knots, cuts, tears, or stains are present. Do<br />

not cut through knots or stains. Mark the cut ends to distinguish from<br />

existing ends of bindings or twine.<br />

I. Bite marks. The first step in the processing of bite marks is to photographically<br />

document the impression. The photography is critical and<br />

the specific method is described in Chapter 4 - Photography. Because<br />

of the specific requirements required to produce workable evidence it<br />

is recommended to request technical assistance from the Laboratory.<br />

136<br />

IT IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT TO SWAB THE BITE<br />

MARK AREA FOR DNA EVIDENCE COLLECTION. This can<br />

be accomplished by using the Wisconsin State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory<br />

BIOLOGICAL SPECIMENS collection kit, or by following the<br />

procedure described below.<br />

After the bite mark is thoroughly documented photographically, the<br />

impression should be swabbed with a moist cotton applicator to<br />

collect any potential traces of the assailant’s saliva. Thoroughly air<br />

dry the swab and place in a clean paper envelope. Properly label and<br />

seal the envelope.<br />

When three dimensional characteristics are apparent, the evidence<br />

can be further documented with an impression material. This can be<br />

difficult to obtain the detail necessary. Technical assistance is<br />

available by calling the Laboratory for a referral of a Board Certified<br />

expert. There is a nominal fee for this forensic specialty.<br />

J. Recover clothing of victim after it has been examined by the<br />

pathologist. Note any cutting or tearing of clothing by anyone who


Autopsy - 20<br />

may have rendered first aid, by attending physicians, or by the<br />

pathologist. Place each item of clothing in a separate clean paper bag.<br />

Air dry if wet or bloodstained. Avoid unnecessary handling of<br />

clothing to prevent loss of trace evidence. Properly mark for identification.<br />

K. After examination by the pathologist, all bruises and wounds should<br />

be photographed. Scaled and unscaled views should be taken prior to<br />

and after washing of affected areas. Scaling should be accomplished<br />

following procedures outlined in Chapter 4, Photography - III.,<br />

Scaling Photographs and IV., Pattern Impression Photography.<br />

L. In cases where the victim may have, or is suspected of having had<br />

physical contact with the assailant, recover standard specimens of<br />

body and head hairs and package them separately, by source, in clean<br />

containers. See Chapter 25, Hairs and Fibers.<br />

M. Fingerprint and palm print victim. Also consider footprints.<br />

Investigation at crime scene may reveal palm prints or footprints.<br />

Personal identifications may be confirmed by footprint. If victim is<br />

too young to have been fingerprinted, hospital records may contain<br />

newborn footprints.<br />

N. Package, seal, and label all items recovered, making sure the<br />

pathologist describes the contents and places his mark of identification<br />

on each item or container. It is important that the officer in<br />

attendance be equipped with adequate containers and sealing<br />

apparatus to package clothing, body fluids, organs, hair samples,<br />

fingernail scrapings, etc.<br />

O. Request that the pathologist forward a copy of the autopsy report to<br />

the coroner/medical examiner and to the Laboratory.<br />

II. Procedure for the Pathologist<br />

A. A complete series of full body x-rays should be taken of the victim.<br />

B. Collect the clothing of the victim by carefully removing in a normal<br />

manner. Should this not be possible, it can be removed by cutting, so<br />

long as great care is taken not to cut through or near any cuts, tears,<br />

holes, or trace evidence or areas that might have evidential<br />

significance.<br />

137


20 - Autopsy<br />

C. Recover wound areas:<br />

138<br />

1. Photograph wounds as outlined in Chapter 4, Photography — II.,<br />

Autopsy Photographic Procedure, III., Scaling Photographs, and<br />

IV., Pattern Impression Photography.<br />

2. The body may be sketched and wound areas diagrammed on<br />

anatomical outlines similar to those shown in Fig. 20-1. All<br />

drawings should be initialed and dated.<br />

Fig. 20-1<br />

Anatomical outlines.


Autopsy - 20<br />

3. It is recommended that tissue sections surrounding gunshot<br />

wounds be recovered as shown in Fig. 20-2.<br />

a. The tissue section should contain most or all of the powder<br />

staining and/or residues. For proper orientation, it should be<br />

removed in the form of a tear drop. The “point” of the section<br />

of tissue should be towards the top of the head. If the bullet<br />

penetrated bone, obtain a section of the bone penetrated and<br />

underlying bullet track surrounding the bullet hole. The<br />

recovered sections of tissue and/or bone should be placed in<br />

a wide mouth screw cap jar with a ten percent solution of<br />

formaldehyde, sealed, and labeled.<br />

b. Do not submit these sections to the Laboratory. The<br />

Laboratory does not analyze tissue specimens for the<br />

presence of gun shot residue. They should be examined by a<br />

Forensic Pathologist or retained for future use.<br />

Fig 20-2<br />

Recovery of wound area.<br />

139


20 - Autopsy<br />

D. Collect all evidence, including fragments of bullets or other objects<br />

which have pierced or adhered to the skin. The pathologist should<br />

place a mark of identification on the sealed container in which the<br />

recovered evidence is placed. An alternative method is to mark the<br />

individual item and the sealed container. See Chapter 7, Firearms and<br />

Ammunition, for marking and packaging procedure. In cases<br />

involving gunshot deaths, or gunshot injuries suspected to have been<br />

self-inflicted, it is important to obtain measurements of arm length<br />

(fingertip to shoulder, arm extended). It is also important to<br />

photograph all bloodstains on all exposed areas of flesh, such as<br />

hands, wrists and arms.<br />

E. Additional specimens should routinely be collected at autopsy (if<br />

applicable) and submitted to the Laboratory:<br />

140<br />

See Chapter 24: Sexual Offenses - collect the appropriate specimens<br />

for the situation.<br />

See Chapter 25: Hairs and Fibers - collect the appropriate specimens<br />

for the situation.<br />

See Chapter 26: Toxicology - collect the appropriate specimens for<br />

the situation.


Autopsy - 20<br />

Fig. 20-3<br />

Many of the samples required for toxicological analysis can be collected using an<br />

Autopsy Kit available from the State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory in Madison (address on<br />

p. iii). Specimens for sexual assault analysis should also be collected, especially<br />

in any homicide involving a female victim-even if sexual assault is not<br />

immediately suspected. A Sexual Assault <strong>Evidence</strong> Collection Kit is available for<br />

this purpose, also available through the State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory in Madison.<br />

There is a nominal charge for both kits. Additional information on sexual<br />

offenses can be found in Chapter 24.<br />

141


142<br />

Notes


Identification of Unknown Deceased - 21<br />

21<br />

Identification of<br />

Unknown Deceased<br />

__________________________________________________________<br />

Identification of an unknown deceased victim is of the utmost<br />

importance and must be vigorously pursued until every investigative lead<br />

has been exhausted. Much information can be obtained by a detailed<br />

examination of a body, clothing on the body, and personal effects found<br />

in clothing pockets or at the scene. Caution should be used, however, in<br />

attempting positive identifications from clothing and personal effects<br />

alone, since it is possible an unknown body may be clothed in the<br />

garments and personal effects of another.<br />

The condition of a body when recovered is a limiting factor in identification;<br />

however, a thorough examination may reveal information<br />

which initially would appear to be impossible to obtain.<br />

The positive identification of a deceased victim should not be<br />

construed to be the duty of the Forensic Scientist or of the investigating<br />

officer, but rather a joint effort of all persons concerned. Few of the<br />

following listed “investigative leads” are, in themselves, a basis for<br />

positive identification. But several together, supported by a thorough<br />

investigation, may be sufficient basis upon which to establish a possible<br />

or probable identification.<br />

The following checklist will provide investigative leads which, if<br />

properly pursued, may lead to a positive identification.<br />

A. Visual external examination of body:<br />

1. Fingerprints, palm prints, and footprints<br />

2. Complete physical description to include:<br />

a. Sex<br />

b. Age<br />

143


21 - Identification of Unknown Deceased<br />

144<br />

c. Weight<br />

d. Height<br />

e. Build<br />

f. Color of eyes<br />

(1) Glass eye<br />

g. Race<br />

h. Skin:<br />

(1) Complexion<br />

(2) Tattoos<br />

(3) Warts, moles, birthmarks<br />

(4) Skin disease<br />

(5) Scars—injury or surgical<br />

(6) Needle punctures (narcotic addicts or diabetics)<br />

(7) Ring mark on finger (ring missing)<br />

i. Hair:<br />

(1) Color<br />

(2) Length and how combed<br />

(3) Straight, wavy, and amount<br />

(4) Natural, wig or toupee<br />

(5) Beard, mustache, type<br />

j. Teeth:<br />

(1) Natural or false<br />

(2) Appearance (shape, stains)<br />

(3) Dental work (fillings, missing teeth, bridgework)<br />

k. Fingernails:<br />

(1) Long, short, chewed or broken<br />

(2) Manicured, fingernail polish<br />

(3) Discolored due to occupation<br />

(4) Artificial nails<br />

l. Amputations and deformities


B. Examination of clothing:<br />

1. Description and size of all garments<br />

2. Manufacturer, store, tailor labels<br />

Identification of Unknown Deceased - 21<br />

3. Laundry markings (some can be seen by use of ultra-violet light)<br />

4. Laundry tags left on clothing<br />

5. Monograms<br />

6. Repair of tears and holes<br />

7. Belt buckles<br />

8. Buttons (missing, broken, special type)<br />

9. Trace material which may indicate occupation<br />

C. Identification photographs to include frontal and side views of the<br />

victim’s head, and any scars, tattoos, jewelry, or other visible<br />

identifying characteristics or objects.<br />

D. Review of missing person reports and viewing of body by family or<br />

acquaintances of missing persons.<br />

E. Internal examination of the body:<br />

1. X-ray examination. A body which is unidentifiable by external<br />

means should be subjected to a complete x-ray examination in<br />

order to determine the presence of:<br />

a. Foreign bodies:<br />

(1) Pieces of shrapnel<br />

(2) Fired bullets<br />

(3) Prosthetic devices (metal skull plate, metal pins in bone,<br />

etc.)<br />

b. Mended bone fractures<br />

c. Other abnormalities which may aid in identification<br />

2. Body organs missing as a result of surgery<br />

3. Improper location of body organs<br />

145


21 - Identification of Unknown Deceased<br />

146<br />

4. <strong>Evidence</strong> of a present or prior illness:<br />

a. Heart disease<br />

b. Ulcers<br />

c. Arteriosclerosis<br />

d. Pathological changes due to age, occupation, or geographical<br />

residence<br />

e. Stomach contents<br />

F. Personal effects:<br />

1. Driver’s license<br />

2. Credit cards<br />

3. Social Security card<br />

4. Identification card<br />

5. Identification tag<br />

6. Photographs:<br />

a. Self<br />

b. Family<br />

c. Acquaintances<br />

d. Locations<br />

e. Names and other writing on photographs<br />

7. Letter or other notes<br />

8. Company checks or check stubs<br />

9. Paid and due invoices<br />

10. Rings:<br />

a. Wedding rings<br />

b. Class rings<br />

c. Organization rings<br />

d. Initials<br />

11. Cigarette case and lighter


12. Car and house keys<br />

Identification of Unknown Deceased - 21<br />

13. Key rings: initials or other personalization, registration number<br />

for lost key return service<br />

14. Monogrammed wallet<br />

15. Watch:<br />

a. Engravings<br />

b. Jeweler repair marks<br />

16. Corrective lenses:<br />

a. Contact lenses<br />

b. Prescription<br />

17. Hearing aids<br />

G. Additional Techniques:<br />

1. X-ray examination of teeth<br />

2. X-ray of skull superimposed over negative or print of photograph<br />

of victim’s head<br />

3. DNA profiles from the body may be matched to DNA collected<br />

from personal effects of missing persons, or searched against<br />

national data bases.<br />

4. Blood type and factor: the type may be rare, and the victim a<br />

donor whose name may be on file at hospital or blood bank.<br />

Blood typing such as is in the ABO or Rh system is not longer<br />

performed at the crime laboratory. If ABO or Rh typing is<br />

required, a private or clinical laboratory should be contacted.<br />

5. Facial reconstruction<br />

147


148<br />

Notes


22<br />

Dental Identification of<br />

Human Remains<br />

________________________________________________<br />

If you are unable to establish the identification of an individual by<br />

visual means, fingerprints or other identifying data, then a dental<br />

examination should be done. Due to the medicolegal ramifications, this<br />

should be carried out by a qualified Forensic Odontologist. Human<br />

remains will usually be burned, mutilated, decomposed or skeletonized.<br />

There have been numerous times when dental examinations have been<br />

done on victims who are visually identifiable.<br />

If a body is recovered and cannot be identified, the dental records<br />

should be submitted to NCIC, after a very thorough post-mortem dental<br />

examination. It is also appropriate to place the dental records of missing<br />

persons in the NCIC. If a person is missing for a period of time (30-90<br />

days), the dental records can be obtained and entered into the NCIC<br />

computer. If this information is not filled out correctly, it can prevent an<br />

identification from taking place. There is a large amount of information<br />

for the family dentist to read, and it may be difficult to understand the<br />

NCIC form if he/she only sees one of these forms in his/her career. If you<br />

would like an NCIC form completed for a missing person, the Laboratory<br />

can direct you to one of their consultants who will complete it at no<br />

charge.<br />

Steps to Follow in a Post-mortem<br />

Forensic Dental Examination<br />

I. Examination of the Oral Tissues<br />

A In certain circumstances the examination can begin at the site where<br />

the body was found or a return trip may be warranted.<br />

149


22 - Dental Identification of Human Remains<br />

150<br />

1. A Forensic Odontologist may be able to help locate and identify<br />

dental remains that are decomposed, charred or traumatically<br />

mutilated. Some of the fragments may appear to be burned pieces<br />

of wood or other debris.<br />

B. A single tooth, jaw fragment or even a portion of a tooth may be vital<br />

to the identification.<br />

C. As easily as teeth break down throughout life, they will outlast all<br />

other body tissues after death.<br />

D. Post-mortem head and neck x-rays (or full body x-rays) may locate<br />

dislodged teeth or fragments. X-ray examination of dirt or charred<br />

debris may also reveal fragmentary evidence.<br />

E. Conditions of the bodies that may be examined.<br />

1. Normal condition or visually identifiable.<br />

a. A dental examination should be conducted if there are:<br />

(1) No reports of a missing person or clues to the identity<br />

(2) No personal effects are found<br />

(3) No fingerprints are on file<br />

b. Dental examination should proceed with no disfigurement to<br />

the face (no resection or removal of the jaws). Body may be<br />

viewed by relatives<br />

c. Dental examination would consist of photographs of the<br />

teeth, a dental chart, a full mouth series of standard dental xrays<br />

with a portable dental x-ray machine and impressions of<br />

the teeth.<br />

2. Completely decomposed or skeletonized.<br />

a. Easiest to work on.<br />

b. Some of the teeth will dislodge from the jaw since the<br />

periodontal ligaments (tissue that attached the teeth to the<br />

bone) have been destroyed in the decomposition process. All<br />

loose teeth should be recovered and replaced in their sockets.<br />

3. Partially decomposed.<br />

a. Difficult to examine due to the odor and presence of insects<br />

(e.g., maggots, flies, beetles, etc.).<br />

b. Jaws need to be resected.


Dental Identification of Human Remains - 22<br />

4. Burned.<br />

a. Access to the teeth is very difficult, as the tissues are very<br />

rigid.<br />

b. Jaws need to be resected.<br />

c. Caution is advised in resecting heavily burned or calcined<br />

jaws since they are extremely fragile. Fixation with clear<br />

acrylic spray is recommended.<br />

5. Mutilated.<br />

a. Teeth and jaws may be fragmented and distorted.<br />

b. Recovery of all the teeth may be a problem.<br />

c. Dental evidence may be imbedded in other areas of the body<br />

or strewn about the area.<br />

F. Resection of the maxilla (upper jaw) and the mandible (lower jaw).<br />

1. Usually in cases of advanced decomposition, severe mutilation,<br />

and bodies that are charred or burned beyond recognition, the<br />

jaws will need to be resected or removed.<br />

2. Resection of the jaws should be accomplished if there is no open<br />

casket or viewing of the body.<br />

3. The Forensic Odontologist can accomplish a more complete and<br />

comprehensive examination, and obtain better quality x-rays and<br />

photographs by resection of the jaws.<br />

4. If the jaws need to be retained for a period of time, they may be<br />

preserved in 10% formalin.<br />

II. Preparation of Post-mortem Records<br />

A. Photographs.<br />

1. Full face.<br />

2. Close-up of the anterior or front teeth.<br />

3. Right and left lateral views of the teeth in occlusion or their<br />

proper bite.<br />

4. Views of the occlusal or chewing surfaces of the teeth in the<br />

upper jaw and in the lower jaw.<br />

151


22 - Dental Identification of Human Remains<br />

152<br />

5. Close-up photography of any additional features which may be<br />

important.<br />

B. Radiographs or x-rays.<br />

1. Essential to any forensic dental examination.<br />

3. Exposure time is reduced by 1/3 for resected jaws and 1/2 for<br />

skeletonized jaws.<br />

4. X-ray examination is mandatory for estimation of age of the<br />

victim.<br />

C. Notes and charts.<br />

1. A dental chart should be prepared indicating all pertinent<br />

information.<br />

2. This information should include, but is not limited to:<br />

a. Which teeth are present and which are missing<br />

b. Which teeth are restored or filled, what the restoration or<br />

filling material is, and which surfaces of the teeth are<br />

involved<br />

c. Indicate if root canals have been performed<br />

d. Describe any prosthetic and/or orthodontic appliances<br />

e. Describe the location and size of the decayed surfaces<br />

(cavities) of the teeth, or if there are any chipped or fractured<br />

teeth<br />

f. Describe any malpositions or rotations of teeth<br />

g. Describe unusual anatomy or shapes of teeth<br />

h. Describe the occlusion (the manner in which the teeth bite<br />

together)<br />

i. Describe any oral pathology or other anatomic features<br />

which may be of potential importance<br />

D. Study models or casts of the teeth.<br />

1. Impressions can be taken of the victim’s teeth and then casts are<br />

made by using dental stone.<br />

2. It is usually not necessary or practical to take impressions of the


Dental Identification of Human Remains - 22<br />

victim’s teeth. However, there have been many occasions where<br />

casts have proven to be very valuable.<br />

3. The consulting Forensic Odontologist will decide if this<br />

procedure is warranted.<br />

III. Securing of Ante Mortem Records<br />

A. Types of ante mortem records.<br />

1. X-rays.<br />

a. X-rays are the most important ante mortem records.<br />

b. Recover and submit all x-rays, including those x-rays taken<br />

10-20 years ago. These x-rays may reveal additional<br />

information and may compare more favorably with the postmortem<br />

x-rays of the remains.<br />

c. Obtain the original x-rays if at all possible. The dentist should<br />

duplicate the x-rays and retain the duplicates for his/her<br />

records. The original film should be a better quality x-ray<br />

than the duplicate.<br />

Fig. 22-1<br />

Example of charred dental remains. The mandible (lower jaw) has the crowns of<br />

the teeth fractured off.<br />

153


22 - Dental Identification of Human Remains<br />

154<br />

Fig. 22-2<br />

Examples of charred fragmentary dental remains (teeth and bone fragments).<br />

Fig 22-3<br />

Examples of charred, fragmentary dental remains. Many of the fragments may<br />

look like charred pieces of wood or debris. The fragment that is second from the<br />

left in the top row is a charred piece of wood.


Dental Identification of Human Remains - 22<br />

d. Obtain the most recent ante mortem records. Most<br />

individuals have probably been treated by more than one<br />

dentist throughout their lifetime.<br />

e. If conventional dental x-rays are unavailable, recover<br />

medical or chiropractic x-rays that may show the teeth.<br />

f. Electronic transmission of scanned images of dental x-rays,<br />

saved as bit map files, can be accomplished when<br />

expediency is required. An initial rule-in or rule-out<br />

comparison can be made of the electronic image on screen.<br />

The original films can be sent later, if necessary.<br />

2. Dental charts.<br />

a. Obtain the original dental chart if possible. If the dentist<br />

sends a copy, make sure the copy is legible.<br />

b. Dental charts can be very valuable, but the Forensic<br />

Odontologist must be aware that there may be errors<br />

incorporated into the chart by the dentist, the dental assistant<br />

or the hygienist making the entry. For this reason, x-rays are<br />

a much better means of making a comparison.<br />

3. Study models or casts of the teeth.<br />

a. If the dentist has retained models, they can be very valuable.<br />

If the individual has seen an orthodontist, there may be a very<br />

good possibility of obtaining study models.<br />

4. Photographs.<br />

a. Many dentists are obtaining photographs of their patient’s<br />

teeth as a means of documenting their dental condition.<br />

b. Family snapshots, graduation, wedding or military pictures<br />

may reveal a “smiling photograph.” Teeth may be visible and<br />

disclose a missing, discolored, broken or chipped tooth.<br />

5. If partial dentures or full dentures are involved, request that all<br />

additional sets of dentures be recovered. A bite splint, mouth<br />

guard or orthodontic retainer should also be recovered.<br />

B. Recover all ante mortem records available, (including charts, x-rays,<br />

photographs and study models). X-rays that may be requested are<br />

bite-wing x-rays, periapical x-rays, a full mouth series of x-rays<br />

(consists of periapical and bite-wing x-rays), a Panoramic x-ray or a<br />

lateral skull x-ray.<br />

155


22 - Dental Identification of Human Remains<br />

C. How to locate the treating dentist, to obtain the ante mortem dental<br />

records.<br />

156<br />

1. Inquire of family, friends and co-workers what dental clinic or<br />

dentist treated the individual.<br />

2. Inquire if the individual was treated or consulted by a dental<br />

specialist (oral surgeon, orthodontist, etc.).<br />

3. Inquire if the individual had a dental insurance plan, a union<br />

dental plan, medical assistance or welfare benefits. This could<br />

lead to a dentist’s name.<br />

4. Examine military and prison records.<br />

5. Examine medical records to see if the physician has a record of<br />

the name of the dentist.<br />

6. In a small community, it may be necessary to contact all the<br />

dentists and inquire if they have treated this individual.<br />

IV. Comparison of the Ante Mortem and Post-mortem<br />

Records and X-rays<br />

A. The more areas of alterations or problems with the teeth, the greater<br />

the potential for a positive identification. With a perfect set of teeth<br />

(no decay, no fillings or restorations and a good occlusion or bite), or<br />

if there are minimal post mortem or ante mortem remains for<br />

examination, an identification may be more difficult. It may still be<br />

accomplished, however, meticulous attention needs to be paid to all<br />

minute detail. Excellent ante mortem and post-mortem x-rays are<br />

always preferable.<br />

B. A positive identification must bear no unexplainable inconsistencies.<br />

Any differences in the ante mortem and post-mortem records must be<br />

thoroughly and adequately explained.<br />

C. There is no specific number of characteristics needed for a positive<br />

identification. Occasionally, a single tooth or jaw fragment may<br />

possess the degree of specificity necessary to establish a positive<br />

identification. The final decision as to the degree of credibility of the<br />

dental identification rests with the judgement and experience of the<br />

Forensic Odontologist.


Dental Identification of Human Remains - 22<br />

D. Occasionally, the post-mortem records are only consistent with the<br />

ante mortem records, and a positive identification cannot be effected<br />

based on the dental information alone. However, a dental finding of<br />

“consistent” may be a significant contribution. It may be used in<br />

combination with other modes of identification (fingerprints,<br />

personal effects, anthropological or other medical findings, serology,<br />

etc.), and serve as corroborating evidence and increase the credibility<br />

of the final identification.<br />

157


158<br />

Notes


23<br />

Bite Marks<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Human bite marks have played a significant role in criminal<br />

investigation in the past. A distinctly registered bite has the potential of<br />

linking the assailant when properly documented and analyzed by a<br />

qualified forensic Odontologist.<br />

This form of blunt force trauma, commonly seen on the skin of<br />

victims of assault, has also been found on inanimate objects, e.g., food,<br />

leather, metal and soap. Occasionally the victim, as a defense, bites the<br />

assailant. Another rare occurrence to consider is that the bite is self<br />

inflicted. If this is a possibility because of the anatomic location,<br />

consideration should be given to documenting the dentition of the victim.<br />

Bite marks may be present as bruises, abrasions, indentations or<br />

lacerations. Most have an overall ovoid appearance. This ovoid area is<br />

generally made up of two or more arcs of rectangular patterns made by<br />

the incisal edges of individual teeth. Occasionally, only one arch registers<br />

and it is not uncommon to find multiple, superimposed bites. It is the<br />

registration of the size, shape, individual position and other specific<br />

features which make this patterned evidence unique and capable, in many<br />

instances of linking the perpetrator to the crime (e.g., State vs. Stinson,<br />

[134 Wis 2d 224, 397 NW 2d 136]).<br />

Since the media in whom the bite marks are registered is often subject<br />

to dehydration and subsequent distortion, prompt preservation of this<br />

type of evidence is necessary and is best handled, because of the<br />

complexity of the procedure, by a qualified expert.<br />

The most common means of documenting the bite patterns is by<br />

scaled photography (see Chapter 4 - Photography). Because of the<br />

specific requirements to produce workable evidence and because of the<br />

infrequency with which agencies encounter this type of evidence, it is<br />

recommended that technical assistance be requested from the Imaging<br />

Unit of the Laboratory.<br />

159


23 - Bite marks<br />

Swab the area surrounding the bite mark to collect potential traces<br />

of the assailant’s saliva. This must be done prior to washing, casting, or<br />

other procedures which might remove the saliva or deposit another<br />

material which interferes with testing. See the chapter on Autopsy for<br />

further information on collection procedures.<br />

160<br />

Fig. 23-1<br />

Bite mark on homicide victim.<br />

Fig. 23-2<br />

Bite mark on homicide victim.


Bite marks - 23<br />

Those specimens exhibiting indentations (three dimensional characteristics)<br />

can be further documented by casting the area with an<br />

impression material. This too, can be a difficult procedure for someone<br />

not trained in taking fine, detailed impressions. Technical assistance for<br />

this procedure is available and referral of a qualified expert can be<br />

obtained from the Laboratory. Since the State of Wisconsin does not<br />

employ forensic experts in this field, agencies should be aware that there<br />

is a nominal fee for this service.<br />

A further step in the preservation of this evidence, if possible, is to<br />

have the pathologist conducting the autopsy remove the area of the bite<br />

by en bloc dissection and preserve it in formalin. Normal anatomic<br />

contour of the tissue is maintained by attaching a custom-made acrylic<br />

ring and suturing and fixing the tissue to the ring with cyanoacrylate<br />

before it is removed. Technical advice is also available on this technique.<br />

The second phase in the collection of this type of evidence comes<br />

into play when the investigation has developed a suspect. It then becomes<br />

necessary for a licensed forensic dentist to conduct a complete<br />

odontologic work-up including an examination of the jaws, mouth and<br />

teeth. This examination is documented by photography, impressions,<br />

saliva sample and exemplars in wax of the biting edges of the teeth. To<br />

be admissible as evidence, a trained forensic Odontologist should do this<br />

procedure acting under a signed and witnessed informed consent from<br />

the suspect, or a court order, or a search warrant.<br />

The success in gathering, analysis and courtroom presentation of this<br />

type of evidence will be dependent upon the training, skills and<br />

experience of the examiner.<br />

161


162<br />

Notes


24<br />

Sexual Offenses<br />

__________________________________________________________<br />

In all cases it is essential to have the victim(s) examined by a<br />

medical professional as soon as possible after the assault and before the<br />

affected areas (pubic area, vagina, rectum, etc.) or clothing are washed or<br />

cleaned.<br />

The Laboratory has made available a Sexual Assault <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

Collection Kit that can assist the attending medical professional in<br />

properly collecting the specimens required by the Laboratory. This kit can<br />

be used to collect appropriate samples from both male and female sexual<br />

assault victims and suspects. In the event that a kit is not used, the<br />

procedure described below should be followed during the course of the<br />

medical examination. The steps should be performed in the order in<br />

which they are given.<br />

I. Procedure for the Collection of <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

by the Attending Medical Professional<br />

Standard<br />

1. Obtain necessary information from the patient.<br />

2. Clothing. Have the patient undress while standing on a clean piece<br />

of examination table paper. As each article of clothing is removed,<br />

it should be placed in a new, clean paper bag. A separate paper bag<br />

should be used for each article of clothing. See Section II for<br />

additional instructions concerning the disposition of clothing<br />

articles. Carefully fold the examination table paper and place it in<br />

a separate paper bag as well. Seal, date and initial each paper bag<br />

collected.<br />

3. Pubic hair combings. Place a piece of paper under the pubic<br />

region of the patient and comb through the entire pubic area to<br />

dislodge any foreign hairs or other material that may be present.<br />

Place the used comb onto the paper and fold the paper around the<br />

comb being careful not to lose any of the dislodged evidence. Place<br />

the wrapped comb in a clean envelope. Seal and label with the<br />

proper information.


24 - Sexual Offenses<br />

4. Vaginal swabs (four) and smear (one). Using four swabs simultaneously,<br />

thoroughly swab the vaginal vault making sure to coat<br />

all four (4) swabs completely. Immediately prepare one smear<br />

using all four swabs simultaneously. Allow swabs (4) and smear<br />

(1) to thoroughly Air Dry. Package the dried swabs in a clean<br />

properly labeled paper envelope, and seal. Package the dried<br />

smear in a clean slide mailer and seal the mailer to prevent opening<br />

during transit. Package the mailer in a clean properly labeled<br />

paper envelope, and seal.<br />

5. Cervical swabs (two) and smear (one). Using two (2) swabs<br />

simultaneously, thoroughly swab the cervix. Immediately prepare<br />

one smear using both swabs simultaneously. Allow swabs (2) and<br />

smear (1) to thoroughly Air Dry. Package the dried swabs in a<br />

clean properly labeled paper envelope, and seal. Package the dried<br />

smear in a clean slide mailer and seal the mailer to prevent opening<br />

during transit. Package the mailer in a clean properly labeled paper<br />

envelope, and seal.<br />

6. Rectal swabs (two) and smear (one). (Collect only if rectal assault<br />

occurred) Using two (2) swabs simultaneously, thoroughly swab the<br />

rectal canal. Immediately prepare a smear using both swabs simultaneously.<br />

Allow swabs (2) and smear (1) to thoroughly Air Dry.<br />

Package the dried swabs in a clean properly labeled paper<br />

envelope and seal. Package the dried smear in a clean slide mailer<br />

and seal the mailer to prevent opening during transit. Package the<br />

mailer in a clean properly labeled paper envelope, and seal.<br />

7. Oral swabs (two) and smear (one). (Collect only if oral-genital contact<br />

occurred) Using two (2) swabs simultaneously, thoroughly swab the<br />

oral cavity, especially the area between the patient's cheek and<br />

gums. Immediately prepare a smear using both swabs simultaneously.<br />

Allow swabs and smear to thoroughly Air Dry. Package the<br />

dried swabs in a clean properly labeled paper envelope, and seal.<br />

Package the dried smear in a clean slide mailer and seal the mailer<br />

to prevent opening during transit. Package the mailer in a clean<br />

properly labeled paper envelope, and seal. Unwaxed dental floss<br />

can be used for the areas between the teeth. Have the patient floss<br />

his/her own teeth using a minimum amount of floss. Have patient<br />

place floss in envelope with swabs.<br />

8. Pubic hair standards. Obtain at least twenty hairs by cutting<br />

them at the skin surface. The hairs should be collected from<br />

various areas within the pubic region. Place the hairs in a clean<br />

properly labeled paper envelope, and seal. The victim and suspect<br />

164


Sexual Offenses - 24<br />

may collect their own pubic hair standard as long as they follow<br />

the procedure described above and are supervised by medical<br />

personnel.<br />

9. Penile swab (one). Collect from suspect(s) and/or male victim(s)<br />

if he/they has/have not bathed since the alleged assault. Using a<br />

single sterile swab from your hospital stock, moisten with sterile<br />

water and thoroughly swab the external area of the entire penis.<br />

Allow the swab to Air Dry. Package the swab in a clean properly<br />

labeled paper envelope, and seal.<br />

10. Buccal Cell Standard. Have the person providing the same rinse<br />

his or her mouth with water before collecting the sample. Using<br />

one swab, place the swab in solid contact with the inner cheek and<br />

gum surface during sampling. Gently move the cotton tip in and<br />

out five or six times, rotating the swab while rubbing. Repeat this<br />

process with a second swab on the other inner cheek and gum<br />

surface. Allow swabs to thoroughly Air Dry. Package the swabs in<br />

a clean properly labeled paper envelope, and seal. DO NOT<br />

COLLECT FROM THE TEETH OR ALONG THE EDGES OF<br />

THE TEETH.<br />

Miscellaneous<br />

11. Fingernail scraping (if indicated). If there is reason to believe<br />

some evidence may exist under the patient's fingernails such as<br />

blood, skin, hair, fibers, etc., then the fingernail should be gently<br />

scraped with a wood applicator stick or toothpick into a clean<br />

white paper envelope. Alternatively, the fingernail can be clipped<br />

and the clippings placed into a clean white paper envelope.<br />

Properly label and seal each envelope. Each hand should be done<br />

separately.<br />

Swabbings - Fingernail swabbings can be used if the fingernails<br />

are short. Use one swab for each set of nails, moisten the swab<br />

with sterile water and thoroughly swab the fingernails. Allow the<br />

swab to thoroughly Air Dry. Package the swabs in a clean properly<br />

labeled paper envelope, and seal.<br />

12. Finger(s) swab (one). For suspects only. If the victim was<br />

digitally assaulted, the suspect's finger(s) should be swabbed with<br />

a sterile swab that has been moistened with sterile water. Allow<br />

swab(s) to thoroughly Air Dry. Package the dried swab(s) in a<br />

clean properly labeled paper envelope, and seal.<br />

165


24 - Sexual Offenses<br />

13. Bite marks. The first step in the processing of bite marks is to photographically<br />

document the impression. The photography is<br />

critical and the specific method is described in Chapter 4 -<br />

Photography.<br />

166<br />

After the bite mark is thoroughly documented photographically,<br />

the impression should be swabbed with a sterile swab moistened<br />

with sterile water to collect any potential traces of the assailant's<br />

saliva. Reswab the impression using a second sterile dry swab.<br />

Allow the swabs to thoroughly Air Dry. Package in a clean<br />

properly labeled paper envelope, and seal.<br />

14. Toxicology specimens (with the permission of the patient). Blood<br />

alcohol samples must be drawn by a licensed physician, nurse, or<br />

medical technician using an antiseptic skin towelette (e.g.,<br />

Zephiran ® or benzalkonium chloride) to clean the site where the<br />

blood sample will be drawn. If a blood alcohol or drug screen is<br />

required, collect 10 mL in a gray-stoppered (sodium fluoride and<br />

potassium oxalate) blood collection tube, either from hospital<br />

stock or an OWI kit. Drugs are detectible in urine for a longer<br />

period of time than in blood, therefore it is strongly suggested to<br />

collect urine if a sexual assault is suspected. See Chapter 26 -<br />

Toxicology.<br />

All liquid blood and urine samples must be refrigerated.<br />

II. Other Relevant <strong>Physical</strong> <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

The clothing of the victim and suspect(s) is the next most<br />

important type of evidence. Articles of clothing worn by the victim (and<br />

suspect, if possible) should be submitted to the Laboratory for<br />

examination, as there may be seminal stains, blood stains, foreign hairs<br />

and fibers or other trace evidence adhering to the clothing. In addition,<br />

items at the crime scene may provide important evidence that associates<br />

either the victim, the suspect or both to the scene.<br />

A. Procedure for clothing:<br />

1. Clothing of the victim must be kept separate from that of<br />

the suspect at all times.<br />

2. Clothing worn at the time of or immediately after the<br />

offense must be recovered and preserved. This includes<br />

undergarments, handkerchiefs, sanitary napkins and/or


Sexual Offenses - 24<br />

tampons (only if used during or after the offense).<br />

3. Garments should be handled as little as possible to avoid<br />

the loss of trace evidence. Package as described in<br />

Chapter 18 - Clothing and Fabrics.<br />

B. Processing the scene:<br />

1. Check for fingerprints. See Chapter 9 - Latent and Inked<br />

Prints.<br />

2. Recover articles such as handkerchiefs, rags, tissues,<br />

etc., which may have been used as a wipe after<br />

ejaculation. Label, package, and seal. See Chapter 18 -<br />

Clothing and Fabrics.<br />

3. Recover and submit any articles that may have become<br />

stained during the offense or might have foreign hairs<br />

present (bedding, rugs, sofa cushions, etc.). Label,<br />

package, and seal. See Chapter 18 - Clothing and<br />

Fabrics.<br />

III. Unusual Sexual Offenses<br />

When unusual situations are encountered, contact the Laboratory<br />

for specific instructions for evidence collection.<br />

IV. Condoms<br />

When condoms are recovered in suspected sexual assault cases,<br />

they should be placed in a glass specimen jar and frozen until submitted<br />

to the <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory.<br />

167


24 - Sexual Offenses<br />

168<br />

Fig. 24-1<br />

A pre-packaged kit is useful for recovering samples from sexual offense victims.<br />

Its routine use should be considered in any homicide involving a female victim,<br />

even if a sexual assault is not immediately suspected. A Sexual Assault <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

Collection Kit is available from the State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratories in Madison and<br />

Wausau (address on p. iii, Introduction). There is a nominal charge for the kit.


25<br />

Hairs and Fibers<br />

__________________________________________________________<br />

In crimes where personal contact has occurred, especially if there was<br />

physical force, hair and fibers are frequently found as evidence. A cross<br />

transfer of hair and/or fibers between a victim and an assailant can<br />

provide supportive evidence of an association. In addition, hair recovered<br />

from the scene may serve to associate an individual with the scene. Fibers<br />

recovered from the clothing of the victim, suspect and crime scene can be<br />

compared to known textile materials to determine possible sources of<br />

origin.<br />

If a hair is determined to be of human origin and is deemed probative<br />

to a case, DNA analyses may be performed on the root (if present) of the<br />

hair. If DNA is obtained from a questioned hair root, this DNA can be<br />

compared to DNA from a standard blood sample from an individual.<br />

Identification may be the result.<br />

Note: Another form of DNA analysis may be performed on the hair<br />

shaft (if the root is absent). Please contact the <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory for<br />

information regarding this analysis.<br />

I. Collection of Hair and Fiber Standards<br />

It is necessary to obtain standard hair and fiber samples from all<br />

possible sources (suspect, victim and scene) for comparison with<br />

questioned hairs and fibers.<br />

DNA analysis on hair roots has replaced microscopic hair<br />

comparisons. Pubic and head hair standards are still necessary for<br />

determining which foreign, questioned hairs may be subjected to DNA<br />

analysis. Due to the ease of head hair transfer and potential limited<br />

probative value, DNA analysis on hairs will be limited.<br />

169


25 - Hairs and Fibers<br />

A. Head hair standards. Obtain at least fifty (50) head hairs by cutting<br />

them at the skin surface. These hairs should be collected from various<br />

areas of the head such as the crown, sides, front and back to assure<br />

that all shades of color and texture have been adequately sampled.<br />

The quantity of hairs obtained from a deceased individual should be<br />

doubled and the hairs should be pulled. Place the hairs in a clean<br />

properly labeled envelope, and seal.<br />

B. Pubic hair standards. Obtain at least twenty (20) pubic hairs by<br />

cutting them at the skin surface. The hairs should be collected from<br />

various areas within the pubic region. If this is a deceased individual,<br />

double the number of hairs to be collected and pull them. Place the<br />

hairs in a clean properly labeled envelope, and seal.<br />

C. Known fibers should be obtained from all possible sources (clothing,<br />

drapes, rugs, etc.).<br />

170<br />

1. Submit the suspected source in total if possible. Place the source<br />

in a clean properly labeled paper bag, and seal. (See Chapter 18,<br />

Clothing and Fabrics.)<br />

2. If it is not feasible to submit the source in total, a sufficient<br />

quantity should be taken to ensure that each color and kind of<br />

fiber involved has been sampled. Place the fibers in a clean<br />

properly labeled envelope or glass jar, and seal. (See Chapter 18,<br />

Clothing and Fabrics.)<br />

II. Collection of Questioned Hair and Fibers<br />

A. Pubic hair combings. (usually collected in sexual assault cases and<br />

from homicide victims).<br />

Place a piece of paper under the pubic region of the individual and<br />

comb through the entire pubic area to dislodge any foreign hairs or<br />

other material that may be present. Place the used comb onto the<br />

paper and fold the paper around the comb being careful not to lose<br />

any of the dislodged evidence. Place the wrapped comb in a clean<br />

properly labeled envelope, and seal.<br />

B. Other Recovered Questioned Hairs and Fibers. Separately package<br />

the hairs and fibers collected from different persons and different<br />

locations.


Hairs and Fibers - 25<br />

1. When the amount of evidence is very small, extreme care should<br />

be exercised so that the material is not contaminated or<br />

inadvertently lost.<br />

2. The hair or fiber should be placed on a piece of clean white paper<br />

and the paper should be tightly folded around the hair or fiber.<br />

Place the paper packet in a clean properly labeled envelope or<br />

glass jar, and seal.<br />

171


172<br />

Notes


26<br />

Toxicology<br />

________________________________________________<br />

During investigations where there is cause to believe that the<br />

subject may have been under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs,<br />

efforts should be made to obtain blood and/or urine samples for<br />

toxicological analysis. These results can be helpful in determining<br />

whether or not an individual was under the influence of drugs and/or<br />

alcohol. Toxicology results on autopsy cases are oftentimes crucial in<br />

determining the cause and mode of death (see Chapter 20 - Autopsy).<br />

Caution: Observe laws relating to the collection of evidence.<br />

I. Collection of Specimens<br />

Blood and/or urine is analyzed to determine the presence or absence<br />

of alcohol and/or drugs in an individual. In cases where it is necessary to<br />

determine the effect of alcohol and/or drugs on the individual, blood is<br />

the specimen of choice. Drugs are detectible in urine for a longer period<br />

of time than in blood, therefore it is strongly suggested to collect urine if<br />

a sexual assault is suspected.<br />

Many therapeutic drugs prescribed by physicians taken in<br />

combination with small, non-intoxicating amounts of alcohol may<br />

produce the perceptual and behavioral disturbances associated with<br />

alcohol intoxication. Subjects who exhibit intoxication by alcohol and<br />

have undergone breath alcohol tests with a low alcohol result should be<br />

suspected of drug use. Caution: Some medical conditions may have<br />

similar signs as inebriation. In these cases it is important to obtain both<br />

blood and urine (subject to legal restrictions) for alcohol and drug<br />

analyses following the procedures described below. Observations<br />

regarding the subject's behavior and apparent condition should be<br />

recorded by the law enforcement officer or physician to document the<br />

individual's behavior.<br />

173


26 - Toxicology<br />

Urine samples have a number of advantages over blood samples.<br />

Besides the fact that drugs can be detected for a longer period of time in<br />

urine, for some drugs (e.g., LSD), urine may be the only specimen where<br />

the drug is in high enough concentration to be positively identified by<br />

current methods. Secondly, urine collection does not require trained<br />

personnel to collect. And finally, urine is not considered biohazardous<br />

unless it has blood in it. The main disadvantage to urine is that drug<br />

levels in urine cannot be used to judge impairment in the individual<br />

except in the controlled collection procedure used for urine alcohol<br />

determinations.<br />

Twenty milliliters (2 tubes) of blood should be collected in tubes<br />

containing sodium fluoride and potassium oxalate as preservative and<br />

anticoagulant. This is most easily accomplished by using commercially<br />

available grey-top blood tubes. Gently mix the tubes by inversion, seal<br />

and label the blood collection tubes with the date and time the sample<br />

was drawn, the person who drew the sample and the subject's name. The<br />

tubes should be sealed by placing sealing tape over the top of the rubber<br />

cap and wrapping the tube label around the ends of the sealing tape.<br />

Blood alcohol samples must be drawn by a licensed physician,<br />

nurse, or medical technician using an antiseptic skin towelette (e.g.,<br />

Zephiran ® or benzalkonium chloride) to clean the site where the blood<br />

sample will be drawn.<br />

Urine samples should be collected in a plastic or glass screw-top jar<br />

of the type used by hospitals for urine collection. Be sure the lid is tightly<br />

secured and then seal and label the urine container with the date and time<br />

the sample was collected, the subject's name and the name of the<br />

authority witnessing the sample collection. Place the urine sample in a<br />

ZipLoc ® -type bag sealed to retain any possible leaks. Collection of a<br />

urine sample must be witnessed by an authority since the subject could<br />

dilute the urine sample with water from the tap or toilet. This<br />

inconvenience can be avoided if colored toilet water is used and all other<br />

water sources are unavailable in the collection room.<br />

174<br />

Both blood and urine samples should be refrigerated until analysis.<br />

If victim or suspect is deceased, a complete autopsy should be<br />

performed (see Chapter 20 - Autopsy), at which time tissue and other<br />

specimens should be removed and packaged. These specimens should<br />

include:


Toxicology - 26<br />

1. Blood. Collect at least 20 mL (two grey-top tubes). If prescription<br />

drugs are suspected, blood from a peripheral site should be<br />

collected, usually from the femoral vein. One grey-top blood<br />

tube is sufficient for this purpose if cardiac blood has already<br />

been collected.<br />

2. Urine. Collect entire contents of the bladder in a glass jar. If urine<br />

volume is less than 15 mL or is unavailable, collect a kidney<br />

sample (100 grams in a glass jar).<br />

3. Stomach contents. Collect the entire contents, or measured<br />

portion of the stomach contents in a glass jar. If only a portion of<br />

the stomach contents is submitted, mark what percentage is<br />

submitted, e. g. “1/2 of total contents submitted,” on the label.<br />

4. Liver. At least 100 grams in glass jar (approximately 3-4 oz.).<br />

5. Hair. Collect a large sample (See Chapter 25, Hairs and Fibers).<br />

6. Eye fluid (vitreous humor). 1 mL in a grey-top blood tube.<br />

7. Bile. Collect 5 mL in a grey-top blood tube.<br />

If possible, collect all ante mortem blood and urine samples drawn<br />

by emergency personnel before death.<br />

In general, keep any toxicology specimens refrigerated until<br />

analysis and, if the specimens are to be sent through the mail, follow the<br />

U. S. Postal Service laws relating to shipment of biohazardous evidence.<br />

Of special importance is that blood samples sent through the mail should<br />

carry a “biohazard” sticker on the outside of the box to alert the couriers<br />

of the potential hazard inside, should be double packaged, should be<br />

wrapped in enough absorbent material to absorb three times the amount<br />

of fluid sent, and must be sent by First-Class, Priority, or Express Mail.<br />

For more information see U. S. Postal Service, Domestic Mail Manual,<br />

Exhibits 124. 383 and 124. 385a.<br />

175


26 - Toxicology<br />

II. Toxicology Testing: Routine and Special Requests<br />

Toxicology testing can be as routine as a single blood alcohol test<br />

or as complex as determining levels of a half dozen drugs and their<br />

metabolites in a single sample. The level of testing depends on the case.<br />

A couple of different groups of tests are usually sufficient. Toxicology<br />

tests available are:<br />

Blood alcohol only<br />

Felony operating while intoxicated cases (OWI), crimes of violence such<br />

as domestic abuse, reckless use and endangering safety. Additionally<br />

probation and parole violations where the initial charge is a felony will<br />

be accepted. Please note for the above listed cases, if the alcohol level is<br />

over 0.100 grams per 100 milliliters, no further analysis will be<br />

conducted.<br />

Blood alcohol and drug screen<br />

Includes alcohol analysis and testing for the following drugs/drug<br />

classes:<br />

Controlled Substances Group:<br />

Cocaine/cocaine metabolite<br />

Opiates (codeine, morphine, heroin, etc.)<br />

Amphetamine/methamphetamine<br />

Marijuana/marijuana metabolites<br />

Benzodiazepines (Valium ® group)<br />

Barbiturates<br />

Phencyclidine (PCP)<br />

LSD<br />

GHB<br />

Basic drug screen (methadone, antihistamines, antidepressants, etc.)<br />

Acid/neutral drug screen (phenytoin, meprobamate, etc.)<br />

Special Requests<br />

Includes but is not limited to:<br />

Carbon monoxide<br />

Cyanide<br />

Heavy metals (arsenic, bismuth, antimony, and mercury)<br />

Salicylates (aspirin)<br />

Acetaminophen (Tylenol ® )<br />

Please specify the type of testing requested on the transmittal sheet.<br />

176


Toxicology - 26<br />

III. Laboratory Choices:<br />

Hygiene Laboratory verses <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory<br />

The State of Wisconsin has two independent FORENSIC<br />

TOXICOLOGY laboratory systems. One is the Wisconsin State <strong>Crime</strong><br />

Laboratory, part of the Wisconsin Department of Justice. The other is the<br />

State Laboratory of Hygiene (SLH), part of the University of Wisconsin<br />

- Madison. The following table will help you determine which state<br />

toxicology laboratory to use.<br />

By statute, the <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratories may only accept cases where<br />

there is a felony or potential felony charge associated with the evidence.<br />

The submitter should select the correct Laboratory prior to<br />

mailing. Valuable time is lost and chain of custody is extended when<br />

specimens are sent to the wrong Laboratory.<br />

Offense<br />

Driving Under the<br />

Influence (DUI)<br />

Impaired by alcohol<br />

and/or by other drugs<br />

including controlled<br />

substances<br />

Death<br />

Investigations<br />

Probation and<br />

Parole Violations<br />

<strong>Crime</strong>s of Violence<br />

Domestic Abuse<br />

Reckless Use<br />

Endangering Safety<br />

State Laboratory<br />

of Hygiene<br />

ALL OFFENCES<br />

including<br />

snowmobile,<br />

motorboat, ATV,<br />

great bodily harm,<br />

vehicular homicide<br />

Suicides, routine<br />

death investigations<br />

submitted by coroner<br />

or medical examiner<br />

only<br />

Initial charge must be<br />

a MISDEMEANOR<br />

*FEE<br />

NOT ACCEPTED<br />

State <strong>Crime</strong><br />

Laboratory<br />

ONLY IF FELONY<br />

Vehicular homicide<br />

and great bodily<br />

harm are<br />

ACCEPTED.<br />

Death is suspicious.<br />

Possible FELONY<br />

charges<br />

Initial charge must be<br />

a FELONY<br />

ACCEPTED<br />

177


26 - Toxicology<br />

The <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory facilities for toxicology are located in<br />

Madison and Milwaukee. The addresses are listed in the Introduction on<br />

page iii.<br />

The Wisconsin State Laboratory of Hygiene (WSLH) is located at<br />

2601 Agriculture Drive, P.O. Box 7996, Madison, WI 53707-7996,<br />

(608) 224-6241<br />

In addition to the state laboratories there are also independent<br />

laboratories which are approved to analyze blood and urine specimens<br />

for alcohol under Wisconsin Statute 343.305(6)(a). A list of all approved<br />

laboratories can be obtained by calling the Department of Health and<br />

Family Services, Division of Supportive Living, Clinical Laboratory<br />

Unit at (608) 267-9862.<br />

Please note for DUI cases, if the alcohol level is over 0.100 grams<br />

per 100 milliliters, no further analyses will be conducted.<br />

The State <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory provides autopsy and sexual assault<br />

kits for a fee. Consult the <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratoryto obtain these kits. The<br />

WSLH provides blood and urine collection kits intended for use in<br />

driving under the influence (DUI) related offenses free of charge. The<br />

WSLH also provides blood and urine collection kits to coroners and<br />

medical examiners for death investigations.<br />

If the specimen is for the WSLH and you are using a WSLH kit,<br />

simply tape the styrofoam box securely and attach the WSLH address<br />

label provided. If the specimen is for the <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory and you are<br />

using a WSLH kit, please wrap the styrofoam box in brown paper or<br />

place it in a mailing envelope and address it to the Madison or<br />

Milwaukee <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratories. The Madison <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory<br />

Toxicology Unit also services the Wausau <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory agencies.<br />

If you have questions concerning the submission of evidence, call<br />

the <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratories between the hours of 7:45 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.<br />

Monday through Friday. The Madison <strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory can also be<br />

reached during the evening and weekend hours by calling the TIME<br />

CONTROL CENTER (608) 266-7633 and asking to speak with the<br />

<strong>Crime</strong> Laboratory Field Response Team Leader. We seek to provide you<br />

with the most effective and timely service possible. Please be assured of<br />

our continued cooperation. Addresses and phone numbers of each lab are<br />

listed before the table and on page iii.<br />

178


27<br />

Poisoning<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Some poisonings are readily recognized and present no problem in<br />

detection. At times, however, poisoning symptoms resemble those of<br />

natural illnesses, and the occurrence of the poisoning may be difficult to<br />

detect. The investigator should always be alert for clues which may<br />

suggest poisoning, whether it be intentional or accidental.<br />

Caution: Observe laws relating to the collection of evidence.<br />

Poisoning - Human<br />

I. Procedure Relating to the <strong>Scene</strong><br />

Thoroughly search the immediate area for containers (medicine<br />

bottle, drinking glass, spoon, hypodermic syringe, needles, aerosol<br />

containers, etc.), taking care to preserve any fingerprints which may be on<br />

the evidence. The last food items consumed should be considered<br />

evidence in some poisonings.<br />

II. Procedure Relating to Victim<br />

A. Note any symptoms (vomiting, shivering, unconsciousness, unusual<br />

color, or rigor mortis).<br />

B. If victim is living, have a physician recover blood and urine<br />

specimens. (See Chapter 6, Section I., C., Procedure for Collecting<br />

Standard Blood Samples from Victims and Suspects.)<br />

C. If victim is dead, a complete autopsy should be performed, at which<br />

time tissue and other specimens should be removed and packaged.<br />

These specimens should include:<br />

179


27 - Poisoning<br />

180<br />

1. Blood. Collect at least 20 mL (two grey-top tubes). If prescription<br />

drugs are suspected, blood from a peripheral site should be<br />

collected, usually from the femoral vein. One grey-top blood<br />

tube is sufficient for this purpose if cardiac blood has already<br />

been collected.<br />

2. Urine. Collect entire contents of the bladder in a glass jar. If urine<br />

volume is less than 15 mL or is unavailable, collect a kidney<br />

sample (100 grams in a glass jar).<br />

3. Stomach contents. Collect the entire contents, or measured<br />

portion of the stomach contents in a glass jar. If only a portion of<br />

the stomach contents is submitted, mark what percentage is<br />

submitted (e.g., 1/2 of total contents submitted) on the label.<br />

4. Liver. At least 100 grams in glass jar (approximately 3-4 oz.).<br />

5. Hair. Collect a large sample (See Chapter 25, Hairs and Fibers).<br />

6. Ante mortem blood and urine. Collect all samples drawn by<br />

emergency personnel before death.<br />

7. Eye fluid (vitreous humor). 1 mL in a grey-top blood tube.<br />

8. Bile. Collect 5 mL in a grey-top blood tube.<br />

III. Procedure Relating to Supplementary Information<br />

A. Record information from victim’s family or other sources:<br />

1. Name, age, sex, and weight of victim.<br />

2. Date and approximate time victim was last seen.<br />

3. Type and quantity of substance thought to have been cause of<br />

death, including statements made by victim which would point to<br />

a particular poison.<br />

4. Other drugs or medicines which the victim might have taken in<br />

the three days prior to the onset of symptoms. Check the<br />

medicine cabinet for possible medications.<br />

5. If death was sudden, obtain details of last known food or meal.


Poisoning - 27<br />

6. If the exact time of death is unknown, list date and time deceased<br />

was found.<br />

B. Record medical information as follows:<br />

1. Victim’s medical history, including a complete list of all<br />

medications used.<br />

2. Attending physician’s observations and treatment of symptoms<br />

exhibited by victim prior to death.<br />

3. Copy of the autopsy report including the pathologist’s<br />

observations and conclusions.<br />

4. List all drugs administered in resuscitation attempts made by<br />

emergency personnel.<br />

Poisoning - Animal<br />

Cases of animal poisoning may be submitted to the Laboratory if a<br />

criminal offense is suspected and the results of the toxicological findings<br />

could contribute to the completion of the investigation. Cases of<br />

accidental animal poisoning should not be submitted to the Laboratory.<br />

The Wisconsin Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Veterinary<br />

Laboratories, Toxicology Laboratory in Madison can handle non-felony<br />

poisonings of animals. Their telephone number is (608) 266-2465, fax:<br />

(608) 267-0636.<br />

It is essential that the investigating officer obtain as much data as<br />

possible relative to the suspected offense. Suspected animal poisonings<br />

frequently occur in cycles, and often a number of animals in the same<br />

vicinity are stricken. Detailed information concerning the circumstances<br />

preceding the death and accurate descriptions of the animal’s symptoms<br />

may suggest the type of poison involved.<br />

I. Procedure Relating to Animal Suspected of Being<br />

Poisoned<br />

A. If animal is living, recover the following specimens:<br />

1. Vomitus.<br />

181


27 - Poisoning<br />

182<br />

2. Blood. (with preservative) 50 mL<br />

3. Urine. All possible<br />

4. Suspected source of poison. (meat, bread, etc.)<br />

B. If animal is dead, an autopsy should be performed and the following<br />

specimens recovered:<br />

1. Blood. (with preservative) 50 mL<br />

2. Liver. 100 grams (approximately 3-4 oz.)<br />

3. Kidney. 100 grams (approximately 3-4 oz.)<br />

4. Stomach contents. Entire contents in a glass jar<br />

5. Urine. Entire contents of bladder in a glass jar<br />

II. Procedure Relating to Supplementary Information<br />

A. Obtain a copy of the autopsy report, including the veterinarian’s<br />

observations and conclusions.<br />

B. Record the following information:<br />

1. Name and address of the owner of the animal(s)<br />

2. Number and kind of animals involved, and whether the animals<br />

had been confined (tied, in a pen, etc.) or allowed to run at large<br />

3. Reports of any similar complaints in the area<br />

4. Description of symptoms exhibited by the animal prior to death<br />

5. Reports of vermin eradication programs: if any, give date,<br />

location, type of eradication used, and how applied


28<br />

Drug Identification<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Forensic Scientists can detect and analyze controlled substances and<br />

other dangerous drugs in plant materials, powders, syringes, packets,<br />

capsules, tablets, cigarettes and many forms of paraphernalia. Common<br />

sense should be used in transporting these items to the Laboratory for<br />

analysis. For example, if the amount of evidence is very small, extreme<br />

care should be exercised so that the material is not contaminated or<br />

inadvertently lost. On the other hand, if the amount of evidence is very<br />

large, the investigating officer should use some discretion and send in for<br />

analysis only those items or amounts which are vital to the case. The<br />

remaining items or material can be retained by the officer in case<br />

additional testing is required at a later date. If small samples taken from<br />

larger amounts of evidence are submitted for analysis, the following<br />

minimum quantities are desirable for routine chemical testing: plant<br />

material, about 5 grams; powders, at least 0. 5 gram; and tablets, capsules<br />

or other dosage forms (such as LSD blotter acid), at least 5 dosage units<br />

(preferably 10 to 20 dosage units for LSD).<br />

To help discriminate between items which may or may not be of later<br />

evidentiary value to the case, commercial field testing Pouch Kits have<br />

been made available for purchase through a state contract. Although the<br />

results of these tests, when performed by an officer in the field, are not<br />

sufficient to serve at trial as definitive chemical analysis, they often will<br />

suffice for probable cause at the preliminary hearing. In many instances,<br />

they can be used to obtain search and arrest warrants. Since these tests<br />

may have such significant value, extreme care should be taken to perform<br />

these tests exactly as they are described in the instructions accompanying<br />

each Pouch Kit.<br />

With very small items it is also important not to use too much of the<br />

sample in performing the test. In cases where quantities are severely<br />

limited, never use more than 1/10 (10%) of the sample for the test. If<br />

there is not enough material to run the test, omit it in favor of the<br />

Laboratory’s more complete chemical analysis.<br />

183


28 - Drug Identification<br />

Also, do not send the plastic packets containing the results of field<br />

tests to the Laboratory as evidence.<br />

A note about syringes: do not attempt to perform a field test on the<br />

contents of syringes. Because of the dangers of contracting bloodborne<br />

diseases such as AIDS and hepatitis through accidental needle punctures,<br />

syringes and syringe needles used for the administration of drugs should<br />

not be handled unless absolutely necessary. Do not send these items to<br />

the Laboratory unless they are vital to your case. If syringes, syringe<br />

needles, razor blades or any other sharp items are to be submitted to the<br />

Laboratory for analysis, be sure to handle them with extreme care and to<br />

package them in puncture proof containers. Caution should also be<br />

taken when packaging items which contain blood or body fluids. The<br />

packaging of such items should follow the guidelines as recommended in<br />

Chapter 26, Toxicology.<br />

Drug tablets and capsules which are seized can frequently be<br />

identified through the Product Identification Code stamped or printed on<br />

their surfaces. The officer should consult reference books such as the<br />

Physicians Desk Reference and the Ident-A-Drug <strong>Handbook</strong> to determine<br />

if the evidence is likely to lead to controlled substances charges.<br />

Alternate sources of information about marked tablets and capsules are<br />

area pharmacists, local or regional poison control centers, or the<br />

Laboratory. If the tablets are unidentifiable or a trial is scheduled, the<br />

evidence should be submitted to the Laboratory for a chemical analysis.<br />

Any labeled bottles containing drugs or prescriptions should also be<br />

submitted, as they may save the chemist time by indicating the type of<br />

drug involved.<br />

184<br />

Fig. 28-1<br />

Examples of puncture-proof syringe containers. Make sure that syringes are<br />

inserted in the correct direction, according to directions on the container.


Drugs in the Form of Plant Material<br />

Drug Identification - 28<br />

The most common plant material submitted to the Laboratory for<br />

analysis is marijuana. Marijuana contains the controlled substance<br />

tetrahydrocannabinol, commonly known as THC. Upon seizing the<br />

evidence, the officer should perform a Duquenois-Levine field test on the<br />

suspect plant material. A positive field test should be sufficient for<br />

probable cause at a preliminary hearing. Once a trial is scheduled, the<br />

dried plant material should be submitted to the Laboratory for a chemical<br />

analysis. Associated paraphernalia such as pipes, cigarette papers, and<br />

roaches often found with suspected plant material should only be<br />

submitted to the Laboratory if they are essential to the case.<br />

Other plant materials containing controlled substances may also be<br />

encountered. Examples are psilocybe mushrooms, peyote (mescaline) or<br />

opium poppies. Plant material of this nature may be submitted to the<br />

Laboratory for analysis anytime after the plant material has been<br />

thoroughly dried.<br />

Fresh plant material, which is packaged in airtight containers such as<br />

plastic bags, rots fairly rapidly like wet silage, forming a soft, watery<br />

mass with a foul pungent odor. In addition, the material usually becomes<br />

moldy. This moldy plant material is a potential health risk, demanding<br />

special precautions.<br />

The time to dry plant material is immediately upon confiscation.<br />

The larger the amount, the more important this is and the longer this may<br />

take. There are no significant health risks involved with handling fresh or<br />

freshly dried plant material, but problems compound rapidly the longer<br />

the material sits in a wet state. If your agency confiscates fresh plant<br />

material, the following should be done:<br />

1. Air dry the material in a well-ventilated, secure area until<br />

thoroughly dry.<br />

2. After obtaining the weight of the evidence, take representative<br />

samples of the dried plant material from each batch (container,<br />

package, etc.) and seal them for transmittal to the Laboratory. A<br />

few grams of material from each item is sufficient for analysis.<br />

3. Package the dried plant material in a sealed paper bag, if possible,<br />

to further reduce the possibility of spoilage. Under such<br />

conditions, plant material can be stored safely for many months.<br />

185


28 - Drug Identification<br />

Latent Prints on Packaging Materials<br />

It is possible to conduct latent print examinations on drug packaging<br />

materials. Latent prints which have been deposited on paper or other<br />

porous materials are relatively stable over time and impervious to<br />

destruction by being “wiped away.” However, prints which are deposited<br />

on non-porous surfaces such as plastic bags, glossy paper, etc., are quite<br />

fragile. Prints on non-porous materials can deteriorate over a relatively<br />

short period of time and be easily obliterated or smeared by handling<br />

even by a gloved hand. Unfortunately, many drug items are packaged in<br />

non-porous materials, thus making it difficult to obtain prints.<br />

When it is anticipated that latent print examination will be<br />

requested, drug items should be separated from the original<br />

packaging materials when it is reasonable to do so. The drug item<br />

and its packaging should be sealed separately and submitted for<br />

analysis. All persons handling the materials should wear gloves to<br />

prevent depositing their own prints. Please contact the Laboratory if<br />

you have any questions regarding the repackaging of evidence.<br />

If such materials are submitted for fingerprint identification and drug<br />

analyses, notify the Laboratory of such a request at the time the evidence<br />

is submitted to the Laboratory.<br />

Clandestine Drug Laboratories<br />

Domestic clandestine drug laboratories range from crude makeshift<br />

operations to highly sophisticated and technologically advanced<br />

facilities, some of which are mobile. They can be set up anywhere and<br />

are often found in private residences, motel and hotel rooms, house<br />

trailers, houseboats, campgrounds and commercial establishments. Often<br />

these laboratories are hidden in nondescript houses or barns in remote<br />

rural areas. Some of these facilities may contain sophisticated<br />

surveillance equipment and may be booby-trapped. This may be done to<br />

prevent intruders and law enforcement personnel from entering or to<br />

destroy any evidence if the facility is discovered.<br />

Extreme care and caution should be used whenever investigating<br />

or processing a clandestine lab site. The substances used in the<br />

production of controlled substances may be caustic, corrosive,<br />

186


Drug Identification - 28<br />

Fig. 28-2<br />

Clandestine laboratories are usually set up in places designed to deflect<br />

attention.<br />

Fig. 28-3<br />

Due to possible explosive chemical reactions involved in the clandestine<br />

manufacture of controlled substances, only a DEA certified chemist,<br />

knowledgeable in clandestine manufacturing, should interrupt any ongoing<br />

chemical processes.<br />

187


28 - Drug Identification<br />

carcinogenic, poisonous, irritating, explosive, or flammable. Law<br />

enforcement personnel engaged in clandestine drug laboratory investigations<br />

and seizures should have specialized training in the investigation of<br />

such laboratories, the appropriate health and safety procedures, and the<br />

use of personal protective equipment. Clandestine drug laboratories may<br />

also involve the removal and proper destruction of large quantities of<br />

hazardous toxic chemicals. The disposal of these chemicals is strictly<br />

regulated by state and federal environmental protection agencies. The<br />

liability for the removal and disposal of these chemical hazards is often<br />

the single largest cost-producing portion of any clandestine lab<br />

investigation, a cost that most law enforcement agencies may not be able<br />

to afford.<br />

Therefore, any law enforcement agency that believes there is a<br />

possible clandestine drug laboratory in their vicinity should first contact<br />

their regional Division of Narcotics Enforcement (DNE) office for<br />

assistance in the investigation.<br />

Fig. 28-4<br />

Short and long term toxic effects have been documented in individuals responding to<br />

clandestine drug laboratories. Some solvents may be explosive. Once a site has been<br />

secured, it should be vacated until qualified individuals respond to the scene.<br />

188


Drug Identification - 28<br />

Fig. 28-5<br />

Cocaine is commonly sold in folded paper packets, often made of colorful<br />

magazine paper. A razor blade is often used for “cutting a line” on a small mirror.<br />

The powder is then inhaled (“snorted”) through the nostrils using glass, plastic,<br />

metal, or paper tubes (rolled up currency is popular) or using tiny metal spoons.<br />

Fig. 28-6<br />

“Blotter Acid.” LSD is often encountered absorbed onto sheets of heavy blotter<br />

paper, which may be perforated into small squares, and having a virtually infinite<br />

number of fanciful designs printed on them.<br />

189


28 - Drug Identification<br />

190<br />

Fig. 28-7<br />

Crack, which is cocaine base, is commonly manufactured through a simple<br />

chemical reaction utilizing sodium bicarbonate (baking soda). Chunks of crack,<br />

called “rocks” are often sold in small “gem bags” or knotted plastic bag corners.<br />

Crack is generally ingested by smoking.


Drug Identification - 28<br />

Fig. 28-8<br />

Marijuana and smoking devices. Whole marijuana leaves are pictured in the<br />

lower right corner. At the bottom left is a sandwich bag filled with<br />

approximately one ounce of dried marijuana. Below the whole leaves are several<br />

hand-rolled “joints,” rolled using commercial cigarette papers. Behind are<br />

several large metal and plastic “bongs” and an assortment of smaller metal,<br />

plastic, and wood “pot pipes” and “hash pipes.”<br />

191


28 - Drug Identification<br />

192<br />

Fig 28-9<br />

Psilocybe mushrooms contain the hallucinogenic substance psilocybin .<br />

Fig. 28-10<br />

Methamphetamine can vary from white crystals called “ice” to tan or<br />

brown chunky powder material referred to as “crystal” or “crank”.


29<br />

Arson<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Many times it is difficult to ascertain whether a fire was accidental or<br />

arson. This is especially true when simple ignition devices such as a<br />

match and paper were used to start the fire. Frequently flammable liquids<br />

such as gasoline, oil, fuel oil, charcoal lighter fluid, etc., are used as<br />

accelerants. If used, and if the fire origin can be determined, it may be<br />

possible to detect and classify accelerants. The Laboratory is equipped<br />

with sensitive instruments capable of detecting and classifying trace<br />

quantities of volatile hydrocarbons. Detection is not possible if the fire<br />

completely consumes the accelerant or if the samples are not from the<br />

fire’s origin. Because flammable liquids readily evaporate, great care<br />

must be taken in the collection and packaging of fire debris suspected of<br />

containing them. Containers of arson evidence need to be air tight to<br />

prevent loss by evaporation, and possible contamination. Moisture is not<br />

a problem. Do not air dry arson evidence.<br />

Caution: Observe laws relating to the collection of evidence.<br />

In considering whether or not a fire is a case of arson, review the<br />

possible motives (financial gain, personal satisfaction, concealment of<br />

another crime, revenge, or pyromania). Following is a brief general<br />

procedural guide for use in investigation of suspected arson cases.<br />

I. Procedure at <strong>Crime</strong> <strong>Scene</strong><br />

A. Note (and photograph to scale whenever applicable):<br />

1. Condition of all locks, doors, windows. If entry has been forced,<br />

see Chapter 12, Building Materials, and Chapter 11, Burglary.<br />

2. Origin of fire (one or many sites?).<br />

3. Identification of igniting material (foreign to the scene?).<br />

193


29 - Arson<br />

194<br />

4. Presence of flammable liquids by:<br />

a. Odor of petroleum products, paint solvents, alcohol, etc.<br />

b. Stains on floor or other material<br />

c. <strong>Evidence</strong> of explosions not due to heat (shattered glass)<br />

d. Unusual burning patterns (splashed areas or trailers)<br />

e. Rapid spread of fire not explainable by structure, weather, or<br />

other conditions<br />

f. Smoke not explainable by building materials<br />

g. Characteristic heavy soot<br />

h. Unusual flame coloration<br />

5. <strong>Evidence</strong> of another crime which the fire might conceal (items<br />

stolen, evidence of violence).<br />

6. Recent similar fires in the vicinity (date, time, location, intended<br />

victim).<br />

B. Collect in separate, airtight containers (e.g., one-pint through fivegallon<br />

new, unused, unlined metal paint cans):<br />

1. All igniting devices (fuses, candles, wicks, trailers, rags, etc.).<br />

2. Charred debris and related material from the origin where the<br />

accelerant was placed (container should be one-half to threequarters<br />

full).<br />

3. Samples of plaster, upholstery, wood or other substances that may<br />

have been penetrated by flammable liquids. Any fresh stains<br />

should be collected.<br />

4. Samples of soil (two to three quarts) which may have been<br />

saturated by flammable fluids (container should be three-quarters<br />

full).<br />

5. Any trace evidence left by the arsonist such as hair, clothing,<br />

fibers, blood stains, fingerprints, etc. (For proper collection<br />

procedure see chapter pertaining to that specific type of<br />

evidence.)<br />

6. Any and all tools or pieces of metal at the scene (airtight<br />

container not necessary).<br />

7. Liquids should be collected in airtight clean glass bottles sealed<br />

with Teflon ® -lined caps or absorbed onto a clean cloth and placed<br />

in an airtight container.


Arson - 29<br />

8. Samples of carpeting and/or padding collected from around the<br />

point of origin in vehicles as well as buildings readily absorb<br />

flammable liquids. A sample of uncontaminated carpeting<br />

and/ or padding must be collected separately and<br />

submitted for comparison purposes.<br />

9. When fire debris consists of carpeting, cloth, plastics,<br />

polymers, synthetic, or any material, uncontaminated known<br />

samples must be collected. Vapors from these kinds of<br />

substances can be detected in the Laboratory as easily as<br />

vapors from flammable liquids. Control samples allow the<br />

scientist to distinguish between natural or fire produced<br />

artifacts and flammable liquids.<br />

C. If a container is found that has a flammable label on it and is<br />

suspected of being involved in the fire, a container of the same<br />

labeling should be purchased from an area store and submitted to<br />

the Laboratory. If unavailable, send in the description of the<br />

flammable contents from the label.<br />

D. In cases involving large volumes of flammable liquids or<br />

suspected flammable liquids, contact the Laboratory for the proper<br />

procedures in handling and packaging.<br />

Fig. 29-1<br />

New, clean paint cans make ideal containers for preserving evidence<br />

suspected of containing accelerants. Cans are available from paint<br />

stores or wholesalers.<br />

195


29 - Arson<br />

II. Suspects<br />

Incidental to arrest, with consent, with a search warrant, or a with<br />

combination of the above, obtain the following:<br />

196<br />

A. Fuels, flammable solvents, tools, or starting devices in the<br />

suspect’s car and home. Submit fire starting devices only after<br />

they have been deactivated and properly packaged.<br />

B. Clothing worn at the time of the crime, including shoes<br />

(packaged in an airtight container).<br />

C. Any stains on car interior if it is possible the car may have been<br />

involved in transporting the suspect or incendiary materials to or<br />

from the crime scene.<br />

D. Any trace evidence (paint, glass, soil, other building materials)<br />

which might relate the suspect to the scene, found on suspect’s<br />

clothing or in suspect’s car or home.<br />

Fig. 29-2<br />

Char pattern typical of the use of accelerants. The area where the accelerant is in contact<br />

burns hotter and therefore leaves a char pattern that is different from surrounding areas.<br />

Door propped open, holes chopped in floors, “trailer” used to direct the fire from one<br />

area to another, etc., are all reasons to suspect that a fire is due to arson.


30<br />

Explosives, Bombs,<br />

Fireworks<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Explosives and Bombs<br />

When the explosion is the result of a criminal act, a very careful and<br />

methodical search of the scene will frequently reveal evidence indicating<br />

the type of explosive involved; further, the search may reveal fragments<br />

or parts of either the container, the fuse mechanism, or a time delay<br />

device. The scene should be roped off, guarded, and all nonessential<br />

personnel evacuated from the area. The Laboratory, upon request, will<br />

assist the law enforcement agencies in properly processing the scene.<br />

In those instances where suspected explosives or explosive devices<br />

are encountered, it is suggested that no attempt be made to move or<br />

neutralize the explosive or device. A local bomb squad, the federal<br />

Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF) or the nearest Explosive<br />

Ordinance Disposal (EOD) unit should be contacted by telephone and<br />

assistance requested. In Wisconsin, ATF can be contacted at (414) 297-<br />

3937; EOD is located at Fort McCoy, telephone (608) 388-3315. Both<br />

numbers are answered 24 hours a day.<br />

Because of the danger and complexity involved, no attempt is being<br />

made in this handbook to outline safe or recommended procedures to be<br />

followed in the handling or neutralizing of suspected explosive materials.<br />

The ATF or EOD should be informed by telephone as to the nature, type,<br />

size, location, etc., of the suspected explosive substance, as well as any<br />

other pertinent information. This will then permit the ATF or EOD to<br />

make preliminary recommendations regarding precautionary measures<br />

which can and should be taken. If explosives are encountered:<br />

Do not attempt to neutralize or destroy explosives.<br />

Do not turn on any electrical switches.<br />

197


30 - Explosives, Bombs, Fireworks<br />

198<br />

Do not walk or step in any liquid or suspected explosive material.<br />

Do not smoke or use matches in area.<br />

Do not move any objects.<br />

If a suspected bomb or package foreign to scene is encountered:<br />

Do not move, turn over, or disturb package or suspected bomb.<br />

Do not immerse in any liquid.<br />

Evacuate building and immediate area.<br />

Do not pick up or handle any detonators or explosives.<br />

Do not breath any vapors which may be present. Nitroglycerine may<br />

cause a very severe headache.<br />

DO NOT transport suspected explosive devices or bombs to the<br />

Laboratory.<br />

CAUTION: Electric blasting caps may be detonated by police radio<br />

transmission.<br />

Fig 30-1<br />

Although the destruction caused by a bomb is great, the pieces of the device which survive<br />

are surprising. <strong>Investigator</strong>s should be alert to the investigative leads such debris can<br />

provide.


Fireworks<br />

Explosives, Bombs, Fireworks - 30<br />

The current law regulating the manufacture, possession, sale and use<br />

of fireworks is contained in Wisconsin Statutes §167.10. By definition,<br />

fireworks means anything manufactured, processed or packaged for<br />

exploding, emitting sparks or combustion, which does not have another<br />

common use. Certain devices are specifically excluded from regulation<br />

as fireworks, unless controlled locally by city, village or town ordinance.<br />

A list of excluded (non-permit) devices is contained in Wisconsin<br />

Statutes §167.10. All other devices require a permit for their possession<br />

and use.<br />

199


200<br />

Notes


31<br />

Soils and Sand<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Sand or soil is encountered in many types of investigations and<br />

should not be overlooked by the investigating officer. The following<br />

items frequently have soil related to the crime scene adhering to their<br />

surfaces: footwear, clothing, tool containers, vehicle operating pedals,<br />

under-carriages, or wheel wells. Soil found on the floor of a vehicle may<br />

also become valuable evidence.<br />

Most soil adhering to such objects is representative of the upper onefourth<br />

inch of surface soil from which it originated and may be associated<br />

with its source if proper knowns are recovered.<br />

Caution: Observe laws relating to the collection of evidence.<br />

I. Procedure<br />

A. Photograph impressions (tire, footwear, etc.) that have patterns<br />

containing discernible class and/or individual characteristics.<br />

(See Chapter 4, Photography.)<br />

B. Do not recover soil samples until proper photographs and casts<br />

have been made. (See Chapter 8, Casts.)<br />

C. Obtain samples consisting of three (3) tablespoonfuls of soil<br />

from the top 1/4" of soil from within the impression. Collect a<br />

soil sample from each impression that has a different color or<br />

texture (dirt, clay, sand, etc.).<br />

D. The tablespoon should be cleaned after each area has been<br />

sampled to avoid cross-contamination of samples.<br />

E. The soil samples should be recovered using a systematic method.<br />

F. Prepare a diagram of the area showing the point from which each<br />

201


31 - Soils and Sand<br />

202<br />

Fig 31-1<br />

Example of a soil sample diagram<br />

sample was recovered and submit copy of diagram. On the<br />

diagram, show distance and direction of each sample recovered.<br />

The diagram should be oriented with fixed objects in the area<br />

such as buildings, utility pole, etc. (See Fig. 31-1.)<br />

G. If soil samples can be immediately transported to the Laboratory,<br />

put samples in individual clean glass containers and seal.


Soils and Sand - 31<br />

H. If samples cannot be transported to the Laboratory immediately,<br />

to prevent the growth of mold, spread the samples on separate<br />

sheets of clean paper to air dry for at least 24 hours. When dry,<br />

package and seal. (See Chapter 6, Body Fluid Stains and<br />

Standards.) Do not mix or contaminate samples.<br />

I. If suspect shoes have been recovered and soil is present on the<br />

shoes, recover soil sample from the area of the footwear<br />

impression that corresponds to the location of the soil on<br />

recovered shoes. Example: clump of soil adhering to arch of<br />

shoe.<br />

J. When excavating grave sites, remember soil could be adhering to<br />

the tools used by the suspects or their clothing. Therefore, a core<br />

sample should be taken from as close to the grave as possible and<br />

to a depth equal or greater than the grave itself. The core sample<br />

should be kept intact and packaged so the layer structure is not<br />

altered or damaged during drying, handling or shipping.<br />

203


204<br />

Notes


32<br />

Vehicles<br />

________________________________________________<br />

The Laboratory accepts cases involving automobile accidents which<br />

have resulted in injury or death and where criminal negligence is<br />

suspected. Vehicles involved in accidents of this type should be<br />

immediately impounded. Where skid damage on the vehicle’s tires may<br />

indicate related important conditions prior to or at the time of impact, the<br />

vehicle should be conveyed on a trailer to a storage facility. The<br />

Laboratory also may accept vehicles involved with the commission of a<br />

sexual assault or conveyance of a body. Contact your area Laboratory<br />

before submitting the vehicle.<br />

It is also very important that the submitting agency obtain proper<br />

photographs of the scene, skid marks, damage to vehicles, impact<br />

damage, etc. The Laboratory does not perform accident reconstruction or<br />

determination of the condition of mechanical or electrical systems. These<br />

types of analysis must be sought from another source.<br />

Criminal Damage to Motor Vehicles and Engines<br />

The perpetrators of criminal damage to motor vehicles may add a<br />

foreign substance, such as emery dust or sand, to the vehicle engine or<br />

transmission. Where internal damage of this type is suspected, a sample,<br />

consisting of one pint of oil from the top and bottom of the oil pan of the<br />

damaged engine, should be submitted. Any foreign residue found on top<br />

of the engine in the carburetor, or near the oil spout should also be<br />

submitted. It is important that as much sediment as possible be obtained<br />

from the oil pan or gear box. In cases involving addition of sugar or other<br />

materials to gasoline, it is important to submit at least one pint of gasoline<br />

from the tank. Because sugar has a low solubility in gasoline, it is<br />

imperative that the intact fuel filter as well as a sample of the sediment<br />

or condensation (water) in the bottom of the gasoline tank be submitted.<br />

Samples from fuel pump bowls should be avoided because they contain<br />

sediments which interfere with tests. However, the sediment bowl may be<br />

205


32 - Vehicles<br />

removed so that a sample of gasoline may be pumped directly into the<br />

sample container. Containers with rubber or waxed paper seals should<br />

not be used, since they dissolve in petroleum products and give erroneous<br />

test results. Pistons, bearings, gears, and scrapings from the combustion<br />

chamber or rings may also be submitted. Samples of the radiator coolant<br />

also may be examined for evidence of foreign substances when indicated.<br />

206<br />

Caution: It is unlawful to send flammable liquids via mail.<br />

Stolen Vehicles<br />

The Laboratory may be able to identify stolen vehicles which have<br />

been repainted or stripped, or which have had the serial or manufacturing<br />

numbers altered or replaced.<br />

If a vehicle is suspected of having been repainted, it is possible to<br />

analyze and photograph the paint layers as confirmatory evidence and to<br />

establish the original factory color. See Chapter 16, Paints for the<br />

recovery technique.<br />

When an automobile has been stripped and the suspect parts are<br />

found, the Laboratory may be able to physically match these to the<br />

vehicle.<br />

Stamped serial numbers may be removed by grinding or altered by<br />

other methods. Frequently, they may be restored. When alteration of the<br />

serial number is suspected, the object or part bearing the serial number<br />

should be submitted.<br />

For general technical information, contact the Laboratory or the<br />

National Insurance <strong>Crime</strong> Bureau, Central Division, 10330 South<br />

Roberts Road, Palos Hills, IL 60465, (847) 430-5100 (formerly, the<br />

National Automobile Theft Bureau). In some cases, confidential, hidden<br />

vehicle identification numbers may be present to assist in determining<br />

authentic vehicle identification.<br />

Hit-and-Run Investigations<br />

In attempting accident reconstruction, the investigator should be<br />

mindful that showing a relationship between materials or items recovered<br />

from different locations is most important. Materials or items recovered<br />

from different sources or at a later date that can be related to each other<br />

constitutes very important evidence.


Vehicles - 32<br />

Three primary sources should be considered: The accident scene,<br />

vehicles, and victims.<br />

I. Accident <strong>Scene</strong><br />

A. Initial Procedures:<br />

1. Request ambulance personnel at scene to preserve blankets and<br />

clothing which may contain trace evidence such as broken glass,<br />

paint chips, metal parts, plastic, etc.<br />

2. In vehicular accidents, an officer should be assigned to the<br />

hospital to assist in the recovery of clothing and body fluids.<br />

B. Protect scene from:<br />

1. Additional accident damage<br />

2. Bystanders<br />

3. Theft from vehicles<br />

C. Establish a written record:<br />

1. Date<br />

2. Time<br />

3. Location<br />

4. Description of incident<br />

5. Weather conditions<br />

6. Temperature<br />

7. Road conditions<br />

8. Victim’s location upon your arrival, his condition, and tentative<br />

identification<br />

9. If a description of the hit-and-run vehicle can be obtained,<br />

immediately have dispatcher alert other officers in the<br />

surrounding area. The vehicle’s description may be obtained<br />

from eye witnesses or materials recovered at the scene.<br />

207


32 - Vehicles<br />

D. Attempt to locate the fleeing driver and/or vehicle.<br />

E. Photograph the scene. See Chapter 4, Photography.<br />

F. Diagram the scene:<br />

208<br />

1. Take measurements, using a metal tape or ruler.<br />

2. Record location and identifying information with at least two<br />

fixed objects (through triangulation), such as:<br />

a. Street sign pole<br />

b. Corner of a house (record address)<br />

c. Utility pole number<br />

d. Fire lane number<br />

e. Fixed point on a bridge (corner, superstructure girder, etc.)<br />

3. Include the date and time as well as your initials on the diagram.<br />

At the top, indicate which direction is north.<br />

4. Items recovered at the scene should be noted on the diagram with<br />

description and location of each.<br />

G. Recognition of potentially valuable materials:<br />

1. Broken glass (headlights, mirrors, and windshield) or plastic<br />

from scene or from victim’s clothing may be fracture matched<br />

with remaining glass or plastic from suspect vehicle.<br />

2. Broken or fractured pieces of metal (trim, antenna, or sheet metal<br />

pieces) may also be fracture matched with section remaining on<br />

vehicle.<br />

3. Paint chips from scene or vehicle may be fracture matched with<br />

suspect vehicle. Paint layer relationship may be valuable<br />

evidence (see Figs. 16-1 and 16-2 in Chapter 16).<br />

4. Dirt deposits recovered from road surface may be indicative of<br />

approximate point of impact.<br />

5. <strong>Physical</strong> impressions left on objects at the scene may indicate the<br />

make of vehicle causing the impact. They should be properly<br />

recorded and collected for possible comparison purposes at a<br />

later date.


Vehicles - 32<br />

6. Skid marks and three-dimensional and surface impressions<br />

sometimes can be used to determine direction and speed. There<br />

are limitations to the usefulness of skid marks, debris, and gouge<br />

marks in establishing the exact point of impact. They will,<br />

however, indicate the approximate location of the collision.<br />

Broken parts found at the accident scene may bounce and roll;<br />

therefore, reliable information as to exact point of impact may<br />

not be able to be determined.<br />

II. Victim<br />

A. Living:<br />

1. Obtain complete identifying data to include full name, date and<br />

place of birth, permanent address, temporary address (if nonresident),<br />

telephone number where he/she can be reached when<br />

discharged from hospital.<br />

2. Recover blankets used in conveying victim to hospital. Tag<br />

blankets and place each in a separate paper bag. Air dry if wet or<br />

blood stained. Avoid handling blankets any more than necessary,<br />

to preclude loss of trace material.<br />

3. Recover clothing worn by victim at time of accident. Note any<br />

cutting or tearing of clothing by nurse, attending physician, or<br />

other person rendering aid. Tag each item of clothing and place<br />

in a separate clean paper bag. Air dry if wet or blood stained.<br />

Avoid unnecessary handling of clothing to prevent loss of trace<br />

material.<br />

4. Collect body fluids:<br />

a. Collect at least 5 mL of blood in a lavender-stoppered<br />

(EDTA) blood collection tube, then print patient's name on<br />

the blood tube label. Using a small syringe and needle, insert<br />

needle through the rubber stopper of the liquid blood<br />

standard tube (EDTA) then withdraw approximately 1 mL of<br />

blood. Using a DNA Stain Collection Card, fill all four (4)<br />

of the printed circles on the card with blood. Allow<br />

bloodstains to thoroughly Air Dry, then write patient’s name<br />

on the DNA Stain Collection Card. Package the Stain<br />

Collection card in a clean properly labeled paper envelope,<br />

and seal. Package the blood tube in a styrofoam shipping<br />

container, label properly and seal. Store in refrigerator.<br />

209


32 - Vehicles<br />

210<br />

Collect 20 mL (two tubes) of blood in gray-stoppered<br />

(sodium flouride) blood collection tubes for toxicological<br />

analysis. Print the patient’s name on the blood tube labels.<br />

Package the blood tubes in a styrofoam shipping container,<br />

label properly, and seal. See Chapter 26, Toxicology.<br />

b. Collect all available urine in a plastic or glass jar used by<br />

hospitals for sample collection. Preservatives are not<br />

necessary. Seal and label for identification. Store in<br />

refrigerator. See Chapter 26, Toxicology.<br />

5. Ensure that chain of custody is maintained. All persons involved<br />

in the collection of an item must mark containers or tags<br />

indicating their association with the item. Everyone who has the<br />

item in his/her custody, even for a short time, must be<br />

documented. See Chapter 2, <strong>Evidence</strong> Integrity for further<br />

discussion of this topic.<br />

B. Deceased:<br />

1. Photograph the body. See Chapter 4, Photography.<br />

2. Note position of body. If postmortem lividity has developed,<br />

determine if it is consistent with position of body when found.<br />

3. Use caution when removing body, to avoid loss of possible trace<br />

material. The body should be placed in a new, unused white sheet<br />

before being placed in a clean, sealed body bag.<br />

4. Check under victim for trace evidence.<br />

5. See Chapter 20, Autopsy for additional information including<br />

procedures for recovery of clothing and foreign materials.<br />

6. See Chapter 26, Toxicology.<br />

III. Vehicle<br />

A. Avoid touching any part of the vehicle which may bear fingerprints,<br />

e.g., steering wheel, mirrors, door handles, brake handle, gear shift<br />

handle, seat belt fasteners, hood, windshield, roof, or any other places<br />

likely to bear fingerprints. To shift gears for towing, grasp the stick<br />

rather than the end knob where suspect may have left prints.


Vehicles - 32<br />

B. Protect the vehicle from contamination by covering with new<br />

wrapping paper or plastic sheeting.<br />

C. Transport on a flatbed truck or trailer or tow (do not drive) vehicle to<br />

nearest garage. The proper examination of the under-structure<br />

requires the use of a hoist.<br />

1. The vehicle should not be towed any extended distance. Trace<br />

evidence such as blood or hair may be lost or destroyed.<br />

2. The vehicle should be towed or hauled from the undamaged end<br />

to avoid additional damage and to avoid destruction or addition<br />

of evidence during towing.<br />

3. The vehicle should be placed under lock and key. Police security<br />

should be maintained to ensure the custodial chain of the vehicle.<br />

D. Photograph the vehicle. See Chapter 4, Photography.<br />

E. Record an accurate description of the vehicle.<br />

F. Recover known and questioned paint samples. Paint samples should<br />

be taken from both the damaged areas and adjacent undamaged areas.<br />

The latter serve as controls or knowns during Laboratory<br />

comparisons. Paint samples should also be taken from the victim’s<br />

vehicle. Fenders, hoods and doors with areas of missing paint should<br />

be removed for fracture match analysis with recovered paint samples.<br />

Where bicycles, baby strollers, snowmobiles, power lawn mowers, or<br />

other small vehicles are struck, the entire object should be sent to the<br />

Laboratory. See Chapter 16, Paints for procedure in recovering paint<br />

samples.<br />

G. In the event that glass has been broken, recover and submit all<br />

knowns and questioned samples.<br />

H. Metal, glass, and plastic pieces showing fractured edges should be<br />

removed, because they may be fracture matched to pieces from the<br />

scene.<br />

I. A systematic examination should be made of the vehicle exterior,<br />

including the undercarriage. See Fig. 32-1.<br />

J. If the suspect vehicle is located some time after the accident (after<br />

having secured the properly-executed search warrant), immediately<br />

record the temperature of the radiator and out-of-doors temperature.<br />

Record serial numbers, vehicle identification numbers (VIN), license<br />

211


32 - Vehicles<br />

212<br />

numbers, condition of brakes, tires (evidence of skidding), mileage<br />

reading, service record, approximate amount of fuel in tank, and<br />

condition of all lights.<br />

K. Examine vehicle for presence of blood, hair, and fibers. If<br />

investigation indicates vehicle passed over victim, the understructure<br />

should be examined, and known samples of grease should<br />

be recovered and recovery location noted.<br />

L. Fabric weave impressions on metal surfaces or paint, and in grease,<br />

should not be overlooked. When possible, the bumpers, hoods, or the<br />

entire vehicle should be conveyed to the Laboratory for proper<br />

photographic documentation of such impressions. To be of use for<br />

comparison, all photos must be life-size (1:1) and include a scale.<br />

M. Sketch vehicle and note on sketch the locations of materials<br />

recovered. This will be useful during your recollection at any court<br />

proceedings (see Fig. 32-1).<br />

N. Properly mark vehicle for identification.


Fig 32-1<br />

Suggested vehicle sketches.<br />

Drawings showing the front, rear, and sides of the vehicle. Similar,<br />

larger drawings should be used to record the location of trace<br />

material and other related evidence.<br />

Vehicles - 32<br />

213


214<br />

Notes


33<br />

Documents<br />

________________________________________________<br />

Questioned document problems involved in criminal matters may be<br />

submitted to the Laboratory for examination and comparison of<br />

handwriting, typewriting, ink, paper, and related materials.<br />

A questioned document may be a will, note, check, or other document<br />

on which the signature, endorsement, or other writing is allegedly forged<br />

or altered; it may be an anonymous letter or a suicide note; it may be an<br />

invoice or receipt which is reportedly altered.<br />

Handwritings can be compared with known or standard handwritings<br />

and, in most instances, identified as to writer.<br />

A questioned document may have been partially destroyed by<br />

burning or tearing, or by other means; it may be a sheet which has been<br />

torn from a book and which involves the matching of torn edges, etc. (See<br />

below.)<br />

Questioned typewriting can be compared with typewriting from<br />

suspect typewriters and, in most instances, (providing samples from the<br />

“guilty” machine are available) be identified as having been typed on that<br />

typewriter, or as not having been typed on the suspect typewriter. (See<br />

below.)<br />

Indentations appearing on a document can often be deciphered by<br />

photographic or other processes.<br />

It can often be determined whether or not handwritten and/or<br />

typewritten additions, alterations, or deletions have been made on<br />

documents. In many instances, the original writing can be deciphered by<br />

visual, chemical, or photographic processes. Infrared and ultraviolet<br />

viewing, photography, and, where warranted, chemical methods are used<br />

in problems involving alteration of documents (See the following).<br />

215


33 - Documents<br />

The final result in an examination of documents is governed by the<br />

quality and quantity of material available to the document examiner for<br />

comparison. Therefore, it is incumbent upon the investigator to submit all<br />

of the questioned (unknown) material involved in the matter, and as much<br />

standard (known) handwriting or other material as possible. It is, of<br />

216<br />

Fig 33-1<br />

Counterfeit checks were passed by unknown subjects and subsequently many<br />

small scraps of paper were recovered from a wastebasket on a suspect's<br />

premises by investigating officers.<br />

Photo A above shows on the left, scrap from wastebasket and on right,<br />

portion of one of the counterfeit checks. Pieces are separated to show<br />

individual characteristics of the cutting blade. Photos B and C show the edges<br />

matched with small projection on check fitted into corresponding area on<br />

stub. Scale: A and B - 1:1, C - 3X.


A<br />

B<br />

Documents - 33<br />

course understood that in some instances desirable standards will be<br />

difficult to obtain. However, where documents are to be used as evidence<br />

in a case, immediate steps should be taken to secure the proper standards<br />

in line with suggestions and recommendations set forth in this chapter.<br />

I. Standards<br />

A. Requested Exemplars:<br />

Fig 33-2<br />

Typewriting samples from two Royal typewriters. Line A is questioned<br />

material. Line B is typed on a suspect but “innocent” typewriter. Enlarged<br />

7X.<br />

Note the scars in the typeface which point to non-identity:<br />

The serif at the bottom of the staff of the “d” is present on line A; it is not<br />

on line B.<br />

Lower curve of “s” is damaged on Line A enlargement: it is not on line B.<br />

The outer right-hand serif on the right side of the “w” is present on line A;<br />

it is not on line B.<br />

The typewriter on which the questioned material was typed was eventually<br />

recovered and identified as the source of the questioned material.<br />

1. Requested exemplars are handwriting specimens written by<br />

request for the purpose of comparison with questioned<br />

handwriting. The text of the suspect writing on the questioned<br />

document should be duplicated on the requested exemplars.<br />

217


33 - Documents<br />

218<br />

The text of the questioned and standard material must be<br />

comparable: A’s can be compared only to A’s, r’s to r’s, and 4’s to<br />

4’s; hand printing can be compared only to hand printing and<br />

handwriting to handwriting. Requested exemplars should<br />

therefore contain the exact wording of the questioned<br />

document or words having similar combinations of letters<br />

written in the same way.<br />

2. To facilitate the taking of requested exemplars, a Handwriting<br />

Exemplar booklet is available to all law enforcement agencies in<br />

the state at no charge. The booklet is strongly recommended for<br />

cases involving checks. It is self contained with instructions, so<br />

that an investigator with no prior training may obtain suitable<br />

requested exemplars for comparison purposes. It is imperative<br />

that the booklet be completed in its entirety, with the same text as<br />

is used on the questioned document.<br />

Fig 33-3<br />

A check was tendered in the amount of $60.00 and cash received in that amount. the<br />

drawer of the check insisted that it was for $6.00, the payee insisted it was for $60.00.<br />

Illustrations A show areas of interest on the check, photographed under normal document<br />

lighting, and by use of regular Laboratory photographic techniques and materials.<br />

Illustrations B show the same areas as in A, but photographed using techniques and<br />

materials which detect and record infrared luminescence.<br />

Payee name and additions to the amount were written using a ball pen of similar blue ink<br />

to that used in the original entries, but containing a component which produced the<br />

infrared luminescent reaction. Scale: 1:1.


3. Procedures For Taking Requested Exemplars:<br />

Documents - 33<br />

a. Do not permit subject to see questioned document while<br />

exemplars are being written.<br />

b. Specimens should be written under the observation of the<br />

investigator or witness at all times. (Do not leave subject.)<br />

c. Have subject seated in a natural position at a table or desk<br />

having a smooth writing surface. Exception: If it is claimed<br />

that questioned material was written under unusual<br />

circumstances (on a car seat; while standing, etc.), take<br />

specimens under like conditions.<br />

d. Furnish subject with paper similar to that used in questioned<br />

writings, i.e., paper should be same size and provide the<br />

same space for writing as does the questioned document. If<br />

the writing in question is on a check, requested exemplars<br />

should be written on individual check blanks. Always<br />

provide subject with a separate sheet for each specimen;<br />

requested exemplars should not be written one beneath<br />

the other on a single sheet.<br />

e. Duplicate the writing instrument. If the questioned document<br />

is written in ink or in ball pen, furnish subject with pen and<br />

ink, or ball pen; if written with an instrument of another kind,<br />

furnish subject with other writing instruments necessary to<br />

duplicate questioned writing. The quality of the writing is<br />

influenced by the writing instrument, and may have a direct<br />

bearing on the identification of the writer.<br />

f. Dictate material to be written (or printed, if questioned<br />

material is hand printed) at a comfortable rate of speed for<br />

subject; give no assistance in spelling or arrangement on<br />

page. Exception: If subject spells a name or word differently<br />

from its spelling on the questioned document, after three or<br />

four specimens have been written, request subject to use<br />

designated spelling.<br />

g. Request subject to initial each specimen as completed.<br />

h. Remove each specimen immediately upon completion by<br />

subject; number in sequence; add date and time, and identify<br />

by initial on each specimen. <strong>Investigator</strong>’s notations should<br />

be placed inconspicuously in an area removed from subject’s<br />

handwriting.<br />

219


33 - Documents<br />

220<br />

i. Dictate at a fairly rapid rate of speed one or two paragraphs<br />

of material unrelated to the investigation, e.g., article from<br />

newspaper, magazine, or book. Dictate numerals 1 through<br />

10 in various combinations.<br />

j. Inform the Laboratory of the age and apparent physical<br />

condition of the subject or of any circumstance (illness,<br />

fatigue, intoxication, etc.) which might influence his/her<br />

handwriting at the time the standards are taken.<br />

k. Observe and report to the Laboratory the handedness of the<br />

subject, and obtain at least one sample written using<br />

opposite hand. (If subject is right-handed, obtain one<br />

specimen written with the left hand, and vice versa.)<br />

l. Have subject under investigation write by hand in narrative<br />

form and sign any statements that she/he gives.<br />

m. When in doubt, telephone the Laboratory before taking any<br />

requested exemplars. Improper or inadequate requested<br />

exemplars may preclude a definite opinion.<br />

B. Collected Standards<br />

1. Collected standards are genuine writings of the suspects (and<br />

victims) which are written not for the purpose of a handwriting<br />

examination, but during the course of daily activities. Collected<br />

standards exhibit the natural characteristics of the subject’s<br />

handwriting and will indicate to the examiner whether the<br />

request writing is natural or disguised.<br />

2. Genuine writing is handwriting made in the past and admitted by<br />

the writer. Sources include:<br />

a. Handwriting made in the past and admitted by the writer<br />

b. Handwriting witnessed by another person<br />

c. Canceled checks<br />

d. Legal, government, or official documents<br />

e. Employment records<br />

(See Suggested Sources for Collected Handwriting Standards,<br />

following.)


II. Procedure-General<br />

Documents - 33<br />

Document problems vary considerably, and no brief formula could<br />

cover all problems involving documents but, in general, when<br />

handwriting comparisons are desired, submit all writing, papers, tablets,<br />

and pads found at scene of suicide, homicide, or other criminal investigations<br />

where document problems may be involved. Standards should be<br />

submitted in accordance with the guidelines listed below.<br />

A. Forgery<br />

1. All original documents bearing the alleged forgeries.<br />

(Photocopies are generally not adequate for comparison<br />

purposes.)<br />

2. Ten or more collected specimens of the genuine signature,<br />

written at approximately the same date or period as the<br />

questioned signature.<br />

3. A completed requested exemplar booklet written by the person<br />

whose name is allegedly forged.<br />

4. In addition to the requested exemplar booklet, ten to twenty<br />

request specimens of the signature in question written by<br />

suspects. (See pp. 218-219 of this chapter for directions on taking<br />

request specimens.)<br />

5. All available collected standards written by the suspects and<br />

consisting of general handwriting (or hand printing if the<br />

questioned material is hand printed).<br />

B. Anonymous Writings<br />

1. All of the anonymous writings, including envelopes.<br />

(Anonymous letters in the same series are often received by a<br />

number of persons.)<br />

2. Collected specimens from all of the victims, including writings<br />

of a general nature, not signatures alone. (In some cases the<br />

writer of anonymous letters is one of the “victims.”)<br />

3. Collected specimens from suspects consisting of writing of a<br />

general nature, not signatures alone.<br />

221


33 - Documents<br />

222<br />

4. Requested exemplars from suspects and victims, consisting of at<br />

least two 8-1/2 x 11-inch sheets of written material including the<br />

questioned text or material having similar words and<br />

combinations of letters.<br />

C. Typewriting<br />

1. All original documents bearing the typewriting in question.<br />

2. Collected specimens from suspect typewriters. Identify each<br />

specimen with serial number and make of machine.<br />

3. Collected specimens typed by suspect typists.<br />

a. Identify each specimen with serial number and make of machine.<br />

b. Identify each specimen with name of typist.<br />

4. Specimens of the text of the questioned document typed on<br />

“suspect” typewriters exactly as it appears on questioned<br />

document. (Typewriting specimens must bear the serial number,<br />

make of typewriter, and owner’s name.)<br />

5. Ribbon sample showing all characters on keyboard, both upper<br />

and lower case, typed twice.<br />

6. Carbon paper sample showing all characters on keyboard typed<br />

twice in both upper and lower case. (Place sheet of new carbon<br />

on top of sheet of clean white paper and insert in typewriter,<br />

carbon showing. Place ribbon control in “Stencil” position - or<br />

remove ribbon - and type sample through carbon.)<br />

7. “Suspect” typewriter (or other printing machine) if possible to<br />

obtain; if not possible, the ribbon from machine.<br />

8. Information regarding repairs to and/or ribbon changes on<br />

suspect and standard typewriters when possible to obtain.<br />

D. Computer Generated Printing<br />

1. Collect specimens from printers.<br />

2. Proceed as in collection of typewriter specimens.


III. Procedure - Care and Marking of Questioned<br />

Documents<br />

Documents - 33<br />

Questioned documents are minutely examined and often yield<br />

valuable hidden information. For example, examination of a document<br />

may reveal the presence of indentations, which can often be deciphered<br />

by photographic or other means. The presence of wire-staple<br />

perforations, or apparently unrelated traces of carbon or other carbonlesscopy<br />

dyes on a document may prove to be important evidence. Therefore,<br />

it is imperative that extreme care be taken in the handling, marking, and<br />

packaging of questioned documents in order to preserve intact all characteristics<br />

of the document as it is and to avoid the inadvertent<br />

introduction of extraneous characteristics, such as impressions from the<br />

marking of the mailing envelope, etc. The following procedures should<br />

be utilized whenever document cases are to be submitted.<br />

A. Avoid excessive handling.<br />

B. When recovering documents for examination by the Laboratory, the<br />

investigator should always consider the possibility of processing the<br />

questioned material for fingerprints. If documents are to be processed<br />

for fingerprints, they should be handled with gloves. (See the chapter<br />

on Latent and Inked Prints.)<br />

C. No marks of any kind are to be placed upon questioned documents.<br />

Exception: The investigator should place his/her initials and the date<br />

lightly on the reverse side of document in an area away from any<br />

handwriting appearing on either side of the document.<br />

D. Questioned documents (standards as well) should not be folded,<br />

stapled, or pinned together. (Staples may puncture endorsement or<br />

signature, impair its use for identification purposes, and destroy<br />

evidence.)<br />

E. Avoid pointing to or touching questioned document with a pencil,<br />

pen, pointed instrument, or any object which might damage or deface<br />

the document.<br />

F. Documents which have been damaged by tearing or cutting, or by<br />

water, should not be pasted or glued together in an attempt to repair.<br />

They should be placed in protective envelopes or boxes in the same<br />

condition as when recovered.<br />

223


33 - Documents<br />

G. Mark envelope of sufficient size to take the document, “<strong>Evidence</strong>”<br />

“Documents” (and if fingerprint processing is desired,<br />

“Fingerprints”).<br />

H. Insert document, with a backing of cardboard, into the envelope and<br />

continue packaging as shown Fig. 33-4.<br />

Charred Documents<br />

Printing, typewriting, and handwriting on charred paper or paper<br />

which has been subjected to extremely high temperatures can, in many<br />

instances, be deciphered providing the remains are delicately handled.<br />

When paper has been reduced to ashes, restoration of text is not possible.<br />

I. Procedure-Recovery<br />

A. When burned documents are contained in a metal cash box, cabinet,<br />

or any similar receptacle, the container should be carefully<br />

transported to the Laboratory without removal of contents.<br />

B. If the container cannot be transported to the Laboratory, or if the<br />

burned documents are found in the open, they should be gently lifted<br />

from their resting place by use of a thin but firm cardboard of<br />

sufficient size to raise the entire document or documents. The corners<br />

of the cardboard should be rounded to avoid damage to the<br />

documents. The fragments should be put gently into a rigid box of<br />

sufficient size (shoe box, cereal box, corrugated carton) which has<br />

been prepared by padding the bottom with absorbent cotton or similar<br />

soft material. Cotton may be placed between layers of documents.<br />

(Do not attempt to separate charred sheets when they are found<br />

together or attached.)<br />

C. Individual recovery locations or sources should be recorded.<br />

224


II. Procedure-Packaging and Delivery<br />

Documents - 33<br />

A. It is recommended that delivery of charred documents to the<br />

Laboratory be made in person.<br />

B. When necessary to ship by mail or express, the container holding the<br />

documents should be gently filled to the top with cotton to prevent<br />

shifting of contents.<br />

C. Wrap and seal as recommended. Label wrapper “This Side Up,”<br />

“<strong>Evidence</strong>,” “Fragile.”<br />

D. Place in an outer, larger box; pad all four sides with packing material<br />

(newspaper, Styrofoam peanuts, etc).<br />

E. Wrap outer box (excepting wooden boxes) as for ordinary shipment<br />

and address to the Laboratory. Mark outside “Fragile.”<br />

F. Attach letter of transmittal and completed Transmittal of Criminal<br />

<strong>Evidence</strong> form in a white envelope to the top side of the wrapped<br />

container.<br />

225


33 - Documents<br />

A. Mark empty envelope as shown in A.<br />

B. Insert document, unfolded, with a protective backing sheet.<br />

C. Seal envelope; write lightly, in ink, identifying data on tape.<br />

D. Place sealed inner envelope in outer envelope.<br />

E. Seal, address in usual manner; attach completed Transmittal of Criminal<br />

<strong>Evidence</strong> form to outside of envelope. Mail via certified or registered mail.<br />

226<br />

Fig 33-4<br />

Packaging documents for shipping.


Suggested Sources for Collected<br />

Handwriting Standards<br />

BANK RECORDS<br />

Canceled Checks<br />

Deposit Slips<br />

Microfilm<br />

Mortgages<br />

Promissory Notes*<br />

Safety Deposit Vault Register<br />

Signature Cards*<br />

Withdrawal Slips<br />

CITY RECORDS<br />

Building Department<br />

Building Permits<br />

City Auditor<br />

Canceled Checks<br />

City Clerk<br />

Licenses (Peddler, Tavern,<br />

Special Permits, etc.)*<br />

Voter Registration Lists<br />

Personnel Department<br />

Civil Service Applications<br />

COUNTY RECORDS<br />

County Clerk<br />

Civil Service Applications<br />

Claims for Services or<br />

Merchandise<br />

Fishing, Hunting, and<br />

Marriage Licenses*<br />

Purchasing Department<br />

Bids and Contracts<br />

Register of Deeds<br />

Deeds<br />

Birth Certificates<br />

Public Assistance Applications*<br />

ID Card Applications<br />

Selective Service (Local Board)<br />

Registrations<br />

Treasurer<br />

Canceled Checks<br />

Documents - 33<br />

The following is a list of possible sources of genuine signatures, not<br />

all of which may be accepted in court, but which may prove to be<br />

valuable investigative aids. Those items starred (*) are most likely to be<br />

accepted as standards:<br />

DEPARTMENT STORE RECORDS<br />

Applications for Credit<br />

Complaints and Correspondence<br />

Receipts for Merchandise<br />

Signed Sales Checks<br />

DRUG STORE RECORDS<br />

Register for Exempt Narcotics, Poisons<br />

EMPLOYMENT RECORDS<br />

Application for Employment<br />

(if witnessed)*<br />

Canceled Payroll Checks<br />

Credit Union<br />

Personnel Jacket, Letters, Memos<br />

Receipts for Bonds, Salary, etc.<br />

Withholding Exemption Forms<br />

Work Product (Notes, Ledgers,<br />

Sales Checks, etc.)<br />

FEDERAL RECORDS<br />

(Most Federal Records are Privileged)<br />

Civil Service Regional<br />

Offices Applications (No. 57)<br />

Department of Justice (FBI)<br />

Fingerprint Cards*<br />

Military Records*<br />

Air Force, Army, Coast Guard,<br />

Marines, Navy<br />

(Bases and Stations)<br />

Record Depots (Ex-Service<br />

Members)<br />

Post Office Department<br />

Application for P.O. Box<br />

Registered and Special Delivery<br />

Receipts<br />

Social Security Administration<br />

Applications for Card, Benefits<br />

Veterans Administration<br />

Applications for Benefits<br />

U.S. Treasury<br />

Canceled Payroll Checks<br />

227


33 - Documents<br />

IN THE HOME<br />

Books (Flyleaf Signatures)<br />

Canceled Checks, Notes<br />

Correspondence<br />

Diaries<br />

Insurance Policies*<br />

Military Discharge Papers*<br />

Notebooks<br />

Passports*<br />

Receipts (Rent, Cooking)<br />

Wills<br />

HOSPITAL RECORDS<br />

Admissions, Releases<br />

HOTEL AND MOTEL RECORDS<br />

Registrations, Reservations<br />

INSURANCE RECORDS (LIFE)<br />

Applications for Insurance*<br />

LIBRARY RECORDS<br />

Applications for Cards<br />

ON THE PERSON<br />

Contents of Wallet<br />

(Signed ID Cards of all types)<br />

Letters, Post Cards<br />

Notebooks<br />

Passport*<br />

POLICE AND SHERIFFS'<br />

DEPARTMENT RECORDS<br />

Complaints<br />

Fingerprint Cards*<br />

Receipts for Returned Property*<br />

Canteen Slips<br />

Statements Written by the Suspect<br />

PUBLIC UTILITY RECORDS<br />

Applications for Service<br />

Electricity<br />

Gas<br />

Telephone<br />

Water<br />

REAL ESTATE RECORDS<br />

Property Listing Agreements<br />

228<br />

RELATIVES<br />

Letters, Post Cards<br />

Greeting Cards<br />

SCHOOL AND COLLEGE<br />

RECORDS<br />

Applications for entrance<br />

Daily Assignments<br />

Registration Cards<br />

STATE RECORDS<br />

Conservation Files<br />

Boat, Fishing, Hunting<br />

Licenses*<br />

Department of Revenue<br />

State Income Tax Returns<br />

Worker and Unemployment Files<br />

Unemployment Compensation<br />

Canceled Checks<br />

Motor Vehicle Files<br />

Drivers' Files*<br />

Title Files*<br />

Personnel Files<br />

Civil Service Applications<br />

and Examinations<br />

Corrections Files<br />

Probation and Parole Reports*<br />

Secretary of State<br />

Application for Notary Public*<br />

Taxation Files<br />

Beverage and Cigarette Tax<br />

Applications*<br />

State Treasurer<br />

Canceled Checks<br />

MISCELLANEOUS<br />

Building After-hour Registers<br />

Express Company, Cartage,<br />

Movers' Receipts<br />

Rent Receipts to Tenants


34<br />

Computer <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

________________________________________________<br />

More and more frequently computers are being used in the<br />

furtherance of criminal activity, and when found at a crime scene should<br />

be regarded as a possible source of evidence. Computers are being used<br />

to store records of drug transactions, money laundering, child<br />

pornography, prostitution and many other criminal activities. The<br />

information presented in this section refers specifically to stand-alone<br />

IBM PC compatible (DOS/Windows) computers. If the investigator<br />

suspects a network, mainframe, or some other type of system, a computer<br />

specialist should be consulted prior to disturbing or seizing any of the<br />

components. Specialists in computer seizure are available at the<br />

Laboratory for consultation. It should also be noted that the information<br />

presented here is accurate as of the date of publishing. Computer<br />

technology is constantly changing, and seizure methods may change in<br />

the future. If you have any questions, please contact the Laboratory for<br />

technical assistance.<br />

I. Safeguarding Data<br />

If information stored within a computer is incriminating, users can<br />

devise methods to destroy the data if an unauthorized person attempts to<br />

use the system. For this reason, it is essential that precautions are taken<br />

to safeguard the evidence when a computer is seized.<br />

When you discover a computer, immediately remove everyone from<br />

the area. Do not allow them any further contact with the computer<br />

system, since a single keystroke can execute a program that erases<br />

information. Take a photograph of the screen to document any<br />

information that is displayed, and then immediately unplug the computer.<br />

Unplug the computer from the back of the central processing unit (CPU<br />

or main box), not from a wall receptacle. Uninteruptable power supplies<br />

(UPS) are common and can be programmed to execute destructive<br />

processes upon loss of power from a wall receptacle. Do not use the<br />

power switch, since the power switch can be rigged to damage the hard<br />

drive or other components.<br />

229


34 - Computer <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

230<br />

Fig. 34-1<br />

Upon encountering a computer, immediately move people away. Next,<br />

photograph the screen to document the information displayed.<br />

Fig. 34-2<br />

Photograph the connections on the back of the computer.


Computer <strong>Evidence</strong> - 34<br />

Do not execute any commands on the computer prior to pulling<br />

the plug. Commands, such as DIR and PARK can be altered to execute<br />

destructive processes. If there is a modem connected, unplug the modem<br />

cable from the wall. Leave the connections on the back of the computer<br />

undisturbed until they can be documented.<br />

Photograph the cable connections at the rear of the computer. Mark<br />

all cables with evidence tape or tags, and mark the corresponding ports<br />

on the computer in an identical manner. Photograph and document<br />

peripherals, and the marked connections on the back of the computer<br />

system prior to disconnection. This will facilitate the reassembly of the<br />

computer system and the peripherals in the office, courtroom, or at the<br />

Laboratory.<br />

It is recommended that all computer hardware, software, disks, and<br />

manuals be seized. It is a reasonable and common practice to retain<br />

business records on computer media, in addition to the traditional (paper)<br />

method used to maintain and store business records and documents.<br />

All computer hardware should be seized. Conducting a search of a<br />

computer system, documenting the search and making evidentiary<br />

and discovery copies is a lengthy process. It is necessary to determine<br />

that no security devices are in place which could cause the<br />

destruction of evidence during the search, and in some cases, it is<br />

impossible even to conduct the search without expert technical<br />

assistance. Since it would be extremely difficult to secure the system<br />

on the premises during the entire period of the search, and computer<br />

evidence is extremely vulnerable, removal of the system from the<br />

premises will assist in retrieving the records authorized to be seized,<br />

while avoiding accidental destruction or deliberate alteration of the<br />

records. All peripherals should be seized, since some software<br />

programs are designed to work with specific hardware. Without all<br />

the components connected, it may be difficult, if not impossible, to<br />

recover and print the files of interest.<br />

All computer software and disks should be seized. Specific<br />

software programs may be needed to view files stored on the system.<br />

Also, it would be impossible, without examination, to determine that<br />

disks purporting to contain standard, commercially available<br />

software have not been altered or used to store records instead. It is<br />

also possible that disks may contain information other than what is<br />

labeled, and unlabeled disks may contain files.<br />

All manuals and pieces of paper found near the computer should<br />

be seized. The analyst may have to refer to the manual and hand-<br />

231


34 - Computer <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

232<br />

written notes to operate the system and to recover the records<br />

authorized to be seized. Many programs can be password protected,<br />

and it is common for users to write passwords and other information<br />

in manuals and on scraps of paper.<br />

II. Packaging and Transporting the <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

Computers are delicate electronic instruments that are sensitive to<br />

temperature, physical shock, static electricity, and magnetic fields. When<br />

transported, care should be taken to ensure that computer components are<br />

well cushioned and protected. The original box and packaging material,<br />

if it can be located, is a good container for storing and transporting the<br />

computer. Magnetic media, such as computer hard drives, floppy disks,<br />

magnetic tapes, etc., are very sensitive to magnetic fields. When placing<br />

computer evidence in a car, remember that police radio transmitters are<br />

strong sources of magnetic fields. Do not place computer evidence in<br />

the trunk of a car if the trunk contains a police radio. Once again,<br />

photograph the scene after all computer equipment has been removed.<br />

III. Search Warrants<br />

If you suspect that records of a crime are stored in a computer, or on<br />

floppy disks, magnetic tapes, etc., it is important to include language in<br />

the affidavit and search warrant that allows the search and seizure of this<br />

type of evidence. If you can determine in advance the type of computer<br />

system to be seized, this specific information should also be included in<br />

the search warrant. Contact the Laboratory if you need assistance in<br />

preparing search warrant language.<br />

As mentioned above, when the search warrant is executed, it is<br />

important to immediately isolate the computer from human contact. This<br />

will minimize the likelihood of destruction of information contained in<br />

the computer.<br />

IV. Examination of Computer <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

The examination of computer evidence is a highly technical area of<br />

Forensic Science. As such, it is vitally important that computer evidence,<br />

once seized, be handled in accordance with specific procedures intended


Computer <strong>Evidence</strong> - 34<br />

to preserve the integrity of the information stored on the computer<br />

system. The current accepted practice in the field of computer forensics<br />

is to prepare “forensic copies” of all computer media (hard disks, floppy<br />

disks, compact disc recordables, etc.). A forensic copy is defined as the<br />

copying of the entire physical and/or logical addressable storage space<br />

contained on a piece of computer media. A forensic copy will contain<br />

files that were present on the computer system at the time of seizure as<br />

well as recoverable deleted files, file slack and unused space containing<br />

residual file data. A commercial backup program, such as Microsoft<br />

Backup or equivalent, will not recover this additional information.<br />

Once the forensic copy is prepared, it is the copy which is examined, not<br />

the original media. This practice ensures that no deleterious change can<br />

occur to the original information on the media, thereby protecting the<br />

integrity of the evidence.<br />

Failure to follow prescribed procedures for examining computer<br />

evidence will result in irreversible changes to the files on the<br />

computer system. Simply turning a computer on can alter hundreds<br />

and potentially thousands of files during the short duration of time it<br />

takes an operating system to load.<br />

Due to the highly technical nature of computer forensics, only<br />

specially trained individuals should examine computer evidence. The<br />

Laboratory system provides expertise in computer forensics. It is the<br />

responsibility of the investigating authority to ensure that computer<br />

evidence is handled and examined properly by a competent expert.<br />

Failure to do so could jeopardize the successful finding of truth in your<br />

case.<br />

233


34 - Computer <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

234<br />

Computer Seizure Checklist<br />

DOS/Windows-Based PC<br />

The following checklist is provided for stand-alone DOS/Windowsbased<br />

IBM PC compatible computers. If the investigator is unable to<br />

identify the type of system encountered or suspects a network,<br />

mainframe, or some other type of system, a computer specialist should be<br />

consulted prior to disturbing or seizing any of the components.<br />

• Remove person(s) from the computer area.<br />

• Disable/disconnect the modem, if there is one.<br />

• Photograph the screen.<br />

• Unplug the computer from the back of the CPU. Do not use the<br />

computer on/off switch.<br />

• Disconnect power to the printer and other peripherals.<br />

• Mark all cables, both input and output, on the cable and at the<br />

connection.<br />

• Photograph all the marked connections prior to disassembly of<br />

the system. Also photograph or record the serial numbers of the<br />

system components, if they are available.<br />

• Seal computer CPU and other evidence using appropriate<br />

evidence tape. Seal over power connector and cover to ensure<br />

that the computer cannot be powered-up and the cover cannot be<br />

removed.<br />

• Package the computer for transmittal, remove it from the area,<br />

and photograph the scene. Magnetic media should only be<br />

packaged in static-shielded bags or paper. Keep magnetic media<br />

away from electromagnetic fields, such as radio transmitters,<br />

magnets, etc.<br />

• Complete the search of the area, looking for floppy diskettes,<br />

manuals, and notations which might include passwords for<br />

locked files, etc.


A<br />

Accident reconstruction 205<br />

Address<br />

crime laboratories iii<br />

AFIS<br />

See Latent prints<br />

AIDS 1<br />

Air Drying<br />

method 131<br />

plant materials 185<br />

Alcohol<br />

body fluids, in 46, 173-174<br />

use with drugs 173-174<br />

Ammunition<br />

bearing print 86<br />

handling, marking, shipping 65-67<br />

possible determinations 64<br />

See also Bullet; Cartridge<br />

Amniotic fluid<br />

as biohazard 2<br />

Anal swab/smear 164<br />

Anatomical outlines 138-139<br />

Animals<br />

hair identification 169-170<br />

poisoning, procedure 179-182<br />

poisoning, supplementary<br />

information 179-180<br />

Anonymous writing<br />

submitting procedure 221<br />

See also Documents<br />

Antemortem<br />

blood sample recovery 173-174, 180<br />

urine sample recovery 173-174, 180<br />

Arson 193-197<br />

determination of 193-197<br />

flammable liquids 193-197<br />

scenes, evidence 193-197<br />

suspects, evidence 193-197<br />

See also Flammable liquids<br />

Audio Tapes - 53-56<br />

Automated Fingerprint Identification<br />

System<br />

See Latent prints<br />

Automobile<br />

See Hit-and-run; Vehicle<br />

Automobiles—National Insurance <strong>Crime</strong><br />

Index<br />

Bureau (formerly: National Auto<br />

Theft Bureau) 206<br />

Autopsy 135-142<br />

anatomical outlines 138<br />

authorization 135<br />

bite mark recovery 136<br />

body fluids and organs 137-141<br />

clothing 137-138<br />

fingerprinting 95-96, 137, 143<br />

firearms evidence 140<br />

hair 137, 140, 169-170, 180<br />

identification of unknown<br />

deceased 143-148<br />

officer procedure 143-148<br />

pathologist procedure 137<br />

photography 18-19, 135-139<br />

poisoning - animal 181<br />

poisoning - human 179-180<br />

report 137, 180-181<br />

specimen collection kit 141<br />

wound area recovery 137, 139<br />

x-ray dental records 153<br />

x-rays 155, 137, 145, 147, 150-152,<br />

156<br />

B<br />

Bile<br />

autopsy recovery 175,180<br />

Biohazard<br />

labels, use of 1-2, 174<br />

shipment 174<br />

Bite marks 159-162<br />

bruises, abrasions, indentations 159<br />

casting 159<br />

legal decisions relating to 159<br />

photography 30, 159<br />

recovery at autopsy 162<br />

removal and preservation 157<br />

saliva recovery 60, 136, 159, 166<br />

suspect work-up 162<br />

Blasting caps 198<br />

Blood<br />

autopsy recovery 58, 130-137, 140, 149<br />

bullets, blood on 64<br />

crime scene procedure 58-60<br />

drug-alcohol determination, in 173<br />

235


hit-and-run, in 131, 210-212<br />

identification of unknown<br />

deceased, in 148<br />

packaging 60, 174<br />

poisoning, in 179, 182<br />

recovery, dried 58<br />

recovery, liquid 58<br />

recovery, moist 58<br />

sexual offenses, in 166<br />

standard samples 60<br />

Bloodborne Pathogen Control<br />

Exposure Plan 1<br />

Bloodborne pathogens 1-2<br />

general guidelines 2<br />

Hepatitis B 1<br />

HIV 1<br />

body fluids containing (table) 2<br />

protection against exposure 2<br />

universal precautions 1<br />

Bloodspatter 57<br />

Body<br />

See Autopsy; Body fluids; Body organs<br />

and parts; Deceased<br />

Body fluids 57-62<br />

drug-alcohol in 60, 57-62, 166,<br />

173-175<br />

evidentiary value 57<br />

packaging 57-62, 137, 165, 174<br />

poison, in 179-180<br />

sexual assault, in 164-180<br />

See also names of individual organs<br />

Body organs and parts<br />

autopsy, in 28, 165, 179-180<br />

Bombing procedures 197-198<br />

Breath test 173<br />

Building materials 109-112<br />

at scene 109<br />

suspect procedures 110<br />

See also Glass; Metal; Paint; Wood<br />

Bullet<br />

detection by x-ray 145<br />

handling, marking, shipping 65-67<br />

tissue, in 138-139<br />

Burglary 103-108<br />

scene, procedure 103<br />

suspect, procedure 104<br />

See also Building materials<br />

236<br />

Camera<br />

See Photography<br />

Carbon paper sample<br />

typewriting identification, in 222<br />

Cardboard boxes<br />

as packaging 9<br />

Cartridge<br />

bearing fingerprints 87<br />

handling, marking, shipping<br />

65-67<br />

possible determinations 64<br />

Casting<br />

See Impressions; Tool Marks<br />

Casts 71<br />

dental stone 72-75<br />

marking 73<br />

SnowPrint-wax 75, 78<br />

sulfur 75-78<br />

Cerebrospinal fluid<br />

as biohazard 2<br />

Cervical swab/smear 164, 135<br />

Chain of custody<br />

See Custodial chain<br />

Checks<br />

counterfeit 216<br />

forged 218<br />

as standards 219-220, 227-228<br />

Chemicals<br />

clandestine drug labs, and 186, 188<br />

fingerprint detection, use in 82<br />

Clandestine drug laboratories 186-188<br />

Clothing<br />

air drying 59, 62, 131-132<br />

autopsy recovery 136-137<br />

identification of unknown<br />

deceased, in 143, 145<br />

recovery and packaging 131-132<br />

seminal stains in 61-62<br />

sexual offenses, in 61, 163, 166<br />

shot or powder patterns in 69<br />

Computer generated printing 222<br />

Computer <strong>Evidence</strong> 229-233<br />

computer seizure checklist 234<br />

DOS computers 229<br />

execution of commands 229, 231<br />

mainframe 229<br />

network 229<br />

packaging and transporting 232<br />

C


"parking" hard disk 231<br />

photography 229-231<br />

search warrants 232<br />

technical assistance 229<br />

what to seize 231-232<br />

Condoms 167<br />

Controlled substances<br />

See Drugs<br />

Courts<br />

custodial chain, and 20<br />

Laboratory services, and iv, v<br />

<strong>Crime</strong> Laboratories<br />

field services vii, 25-26<br />

location and function iii<br />

reports stand in lieu of appearance<br />

at preliminary hearings vi<br />

requesting aid from v-vii, 25-26<br />

services iv<br />

tours of viii<br />

See also Field service<br />

<strong>Crime</strong> scene<br />

protection 5-6<br />

visitors log 6<br />

Criminal damage to motor vehicles<br />

205-206<br />

Custodial chain 20<br />

D<br />

Deceased<br />

hit-and-run, in 210<br />

sexual offenses, and 167<br />

Poisoning; also-names of<br />

specific investigation types<br />

See also Autopsy; Deceased, unknown<br />

Deceased, unknown 143-147<br />

clothing 145<br />

external examination 143-144<br />

identification photographs 145<br />

internal examination 145-146<br />

personal effects 146-147<br />

Dental identification 149-157<br />

evidentiary significance 157-157<br />

examination procedures 149-151<br />

how to locate antemortem<br />

records 156<br />

identification of unknown<br />

deceased 150<br />

NCIC 149<br />

preparation of postmortem<br />

records 151-153<br />

securing antemortem records 153,<br />

155-156<br />

Dental stone 72-75<br />

Documents 215-228<br />

bearing fingerprints 223<br />

care and marking 223-224<br />

charred 224<br />

computer generated 222<br />

indentations on 215, 223<br />

packaging 223-224<br />

photocopies 221<br />

possible determinations 215, 223<br />

standards 217-220, 227-228<br />

See also Anonymous writing; Checks;<br />

Forgery; Handwriting; Typewriting<br />

Division of Narcotics Enforcement<br />

assist in clandestine labs 188<br />

Drug laboratories, clandestine 186-188<br />

Drugs<br />

body fluids, in 173-176<br />

capsule/tablet identification 184<br />

fingerprints on packaging 186<br />

fresh plant material dried 185<br />

marijuana/THC 185<br />

prescription 147, 173-175,<br />

179-181, 184<br />

product identification code 184<br />

sample size for analysis 183<br />

street drugs 183, 185<br />

syringes 173<br />

use with alcohol 173<br />

See also Field drug testing kit; Drug<br />

laboratories, clandestine<br />

E<br />

Electronic imaging<br />

See Photography<br />

Engine<br />

criminal damage to 205<br />

Envelopes<br />

as packaging 7-10<br />

hairs and fibers,<br />

as packaging for 170<br />

manila, as packaging 10<br />

<strong>Evidence</strong> collection 7-12, 18<br />

<strong>Evidence</strong>, marking 15, 18<br />

Explosives<br />

assistance 197-198<br />

237


fireworks 199<br />

precautions 105, 197-198<br />

safe burglary, in 105<br />

Eye fluid<br />

autopsy recovery 80<br />

F<br />

Fabric<br />

air drying 131<br />

impressions 212<br />

recovery and packaging 131-132, 166<br />

sexual offenses, recovery 166<br />

Fibers 169-171<br />

evidentiary value 169-170<br />

packaging 169-171<br />

known sample 169-170<br />

See also Clothing; Fabric<br />

Field Drug Testing Kit 183<br />

Field response<br />

See Field service<br />

Field service<br />

function 25-26<br />

procedures 25<br />

Film<br />

photography 30, 49-50<br />

Fingernails<br />

identification of unknown<br />

deceased, in 144<br />

scrapings 137, 165<br />

Fingerprints<br />

See Latent prints; Inked prints<br />

Fire<br />

See Arson<br />

Firearms 63-69<br />

handling, marking, shipping 63-67<br />

possible determinations 64, 68, 69<br />

recovered from water/liquid 63<br />

See also Ammunition<br />

Fireworks 199<br />

Flammable liquids<br />

arson 7, 193-196<br />

clandestine labs 186<br />

collection and packaging 7-8, 12,<br />

193-195, 205<br />

gasoline 205<br />

unlawful to mail 206<br />

Fluids<br />

See Body fluids; Flammable liquids<br />

Footprints<br />

238<br />

See Impressions; Prints, footwear<br />

and tire<br />

Footwear impressions<br />

See Impressions<br />

Forgery<br />

submission procedures 221<br />

See also Checks; Documents;<br />

Handwriting; Typewriting<br />

Fracture matching 133-134<br />

(table) 134<br />

See also Specific kinds of evidence<br />

G<br />

Gasoline<br />

foreign materials in 205-206<br />

See also Flammable liquids<br />

Glass<br />

as evidence for fracture<br />

match 109, 113-115, 208, 210<br />

as packaging 12, 10-12, 174, 180-182,<br />

194, 202<br />

collection and packaging 115<br />

hit-and-run, in 207-208, 211<br />

objects bearing fingerprints 80<br />

recovery and packaging 109, 115<br />

known samples 113<br />

Gun<br />

See Firearms<br />

Gunshot residue 57-60<br />

clothing 60<br />

evidentiary value 57<br />

kit 57, 59<br />

packaging swabs 59<br />

precautions 59<br />

procedure 57, 59<br />

See also Powder, gunshot;<br />

Powder pattern<br />

Hair 169-171<br />

autopsy recovery 135-141<br />

collection of standards 163-164<br />

evidentiary value 169-171<br />

head, standard sample 170<br />

identification of unknown<br />

deceased, in 144<br />

packaging 137, 163, 164, 170, 171<br />

poisoning, in 180<br />

H


pubic combings 137, 163, 170<br />

pubic, standard sample 137, 164, 170<br />

sexual offenses, recovery in<br />

163-164, 166-167<br />

Handwriting<br />

anonymous writings 221-222<br />

collected standards 20, 227-228<br />

evidentiary value 215<br />

forgery 221<br />

request standards 217-220<br />

See also Checks; Documents<br />

Hepatitis B Virus 1<br />

protection against exposure 2<br />

vaccination against 1<br />

Hit-and-run 206-213<br />

body fluids 209-210<br />

clothing 209<br />

deceased victim procedure 210<br />

diagraming 208<br />

fingerprints 210<br />

glass recovery 113-115, 207-208, 211<br />

grease recovery 212<br />

impressions 208, 212<br />

metal recovery 208, 211<br />

paint recovery 126-127, 208, 211<br />

photography 208, 210-211<br />

scene procedure 207-209<br />

skid marks 209<br />

soil recovery 208<br />

towing 210-211<br />

vehicle procedure 210-213<br />

vehicle sketches 212-213<br />

victim living, procedure 209-210<br />

HIV 1<br />

protection against exposure 1-2<br />

I<br />

Impressions<br />

bite marks—See Bite marks<br />

casting material retaining frame 72<br />

documents, on 223<br />

dust, in 100<br />

evidentiary value 99-100<br />

fabric 212<br />

footwear 71-78, 99-100, 103<br />

footwear, photography 34, 38<br />

hit-and-run 208, 212<br />

photography 35-42<br />

preserving 72<br />

procedure, general 71, 99-101<br />

soil, in 201<br />

tire 71-78, 100-101<br />

tire photography 39-40<br />

tool mark 109<br />

See also Tool marks; Casts<br />

Indentations<br />

See Impressions<br />

Inked prints 92-97<br />

autopsy 95-96, 137<br />

electronically recorded live scan 94-95<br />

identification of unknown deceased<br />

143<br />

postmortem 95-96<br />

recording, generally 92-95<br />

fingerprints 93-94<br />

palm prints 94<br />

See also Latent prints<br />

Intoxication, testing for 173-174<br />

K<br />

Kidney<br />

animal recovery 182<br />

autopsy recovery 180<br />

Knife<br />

marks on bone 119<br />

preserving cuts in clothing 129<br />

"Known," definition iv<br />

Known sample<br />

See specific type of evidence<br />

Laboratories, <strong>Crime</strong><br />

address and phone number iii<br />

Laboratory of Hygiene, State 176-178<br />

Latent prints 79-91<br />

AFIS 79, 92<br />

arson 194<br />

burglary 104<br />

developing 82-83<br />

development techniques (table) 82<br />

documents 223<br />

drug packaging materials, on 186<br />

film for imaging 50<br />

firearms 64<br />

frequency of occurrence 80<br />

general procedures 80-81<br />

hit-and-run 210<br />

lifting 83-85<br />

L<br />

239


local agency responsibility 79<br />

packaging for preservation 8, 87-91<br />

poisoning 179<br />

procedure 80-81<br />

sexual offenses 167<br />

tools 110, 121<br />

Law Enforcement Bulletin vii<br />

Leather<br />

packaging 11, 132<br />

Liver<br />

animal recovery 182<br />

autopsy recovery 180<br />

LSD 183<br />

tear match 133-134<br />

M<br />

Machine guns<br />

See Firearms<br />

Manila envelopes<br />

as packaging 8, 10, 170, 171<br />

Marijuana<br />

description 185<br />

packaging 8, 185<br />

Marking evidence, generally 14-19<br />

Medical history of deceased 181<br />

Medication<br />

use with alcohol 173<br />

Metal 129<br />

autopsy recovery 135<br />

detection by x-ray 135, 145<br />

evidentiary value 129<br />

fabric weave impressions on 212<br />

hit-and-run, in 207-208, 211<br />

immersed in liquid 63<br />

recovery of samples 129<br />

Metal cans<br />

as packaging 12, 194-195<br />

Mushrooms<br />

See Psilocybe mushrooms<br />

N<br />

Narcotics<br />

See Drugs<br />

National Automobile Theft Bureau<br />

See National Insurance <strong>Crime</strong> Bureau<br />

National Insurance <strong>Crime</strong> Bureau 206<br />

NCIC<br />

dental identification, and 149<br />

240<br />

Necrophilia<br />

See Sexual offenses, unusual<br />

Nitroglycerine 198<br />

Numbers, altered 63, 206<br />

documents, on 215, 219<br />

O<br />

Oral swabs 164<br />

Organs, body<br />

See Body organs<br />

Other body fluids 62<br />

P<br />

Packaging<br />

ammunition 64, 68-69<br />

arson investigations, clothing 196<br />

arson samples 193-195<br />

autopsy samples 136-140<br />

biohazard samples 174<br />

blood samples 58-60<br />

body fluids 58-62, 137, 174, 180-182<br />

building materials 109-110<br />

cardboard boxes 9<br />

casts 74<br />

charred documents 224-225<br />

computers 232<br />

documents 223-224<br />

evidence, generally 7-19<br />

fabrics 131-132<br />

fabrics in sexual assault<br />

investigations 166-167<br />

fibers 170-171<br />

firearms 63-64, 68-69<br />

flammable liquids 194, 205-206<br />

for fingerprint examination 87-91<br />

glass samples 109, 115<br />

glass vials and jars 12-13<br />

hair 163-164, 170-171<br />

latent fingerprint on 186<br />

leather 132<br />

marijuana 185<br />

metal cans 12<br />

oral swabs 164, 165<br />

paint samples 126-127<br />

paper 8-11<br />

plant material 185<br />

plastic 11<br />

saliva samples 61, 164


separate collection 131-132<br />

separating items 62<br />

sexual assault evidence 61-62, 163-<br />

167<br />

slide boxes 9, 58, 68-69<br />

soil core samples 203<br />

swabs 164-166<br />

syringes 184<br />

tissue specimens 179-180<br />

tools 121<br />

toxicology specimens 174<br />

urine samples 174<br />

vaginal swabs 164<br />

wood chips from burglaries 117<br />

Paint 125-127<br />

as evidence in burglaries 104<br />

as trace evidence in arson 196<br />

evidentiary value 109, 125<br />

fabric-weave impressions, in 212<br />

fabrics, on 131<br />

fracture matches 125<br />

hit-and-run, in 207-208, 211<br />

packaging 126-127<br />

recovery 126-127<br />

small vehicles, on 211<br />

stolen vehicles 206<br />

tool marks, and 126<br />

Palm prints<br />

See Latent prints; Inked prints<br />

Paper<br />

handwriting standards, in 219<br />

Paper bags<br />

as packaging 8-9<br />

Pathologist<br />

autopsy procedures, general 137-140<br />

autopsy procedures, poisoning<br />

179-180<br />

role in identification of unknown<br />

deceased 143-147<br />

Pen in handwriting standards 219<br />

Perforation matching 133<br />

(table) 134<br />

Pericardial fluid<br />

as biohazard 2<br />

Peritoneal fluid<br />

as biohazard 2<br />

Photocopies and documents 221<br />

Photography 27-52<br />

autopsy 31, 136-138<br />

bite mark 40-42, 136, 166<br />

bloodspatter 57-58<br />

building, exterior 29<br />

building, interior 28-29<br />

burglary 104<br />

casting, prior to 72<br />

computers, seized 229-231<br />

continuity of images 28<br />

document 215<br />

document indentations 215<br />

electronic flash 47<br />

evidentiary value 27, 32<br />

filling frame with image 33<br />

film 49-50<br />

fingerprints 82-83<br />

footwear impressions 38, 100<br />

forensic, general 27-51<br />

"four views" of rooms 28<br />

hit-and-run 208, 210-211<br />

impressions 35-42, 100-101, 201<br />

large format 51<br />

lenses for crime scenes 46<br />

lenses for surveillance 46<br />

lenses, general 46<br />

lenses, macro 46<br />

lighting 32, 35-37<br />

motor vehicle accidents 205<br />

photo log 30<br />

recommended equipment 45-51<br />

reference books suggested 52<br />

scaling 31-35, 37<br />

scaling, required equipment 32, 35<br />

services offered by Laboratory 27<br />

supporting investigations,<br />

procedures 27-30<br />

suspect 28<br />

tire impressions 39-40, 100-101<br />

tool marks 104<br />

training 27<br />

tripod 47-48<br />

unknown deceased 145<br />

victim 28-32<br />

written records 30<br />

Physician<br />

poisoning procedures 179-180<br />

sexual offense procedures 163<br />

See also Pathologist; Veterinarian<br />

Physicians Desk Reference 184<br />

Pipette<br />

liquid transfer, and 13<br />

Pistol<br />

241


handling, marking, shipping 65-69<br />

possible determinations 70<br />

Plaster of paris<br />

See Dental stone<br />

Plastic<br />

as evidence 125, 208<br />

as fire debris 195<br />

as packaging 11, 210<br />

cable ties 64, 131<br />

hit-and-run 208, 210<br />

trace evidence 131<br />

Plastic bags<br />

as packaging 11<br />

fingerprints 180<br />

when not used 8-9, 64, 74, 87,<br />

131-132, 185<br />

Plastic impressions<br />

fingerprints 81<br />

Pleural fluid<br />

as biohazard 2<br />

Poisoning, animal<br />

procedures 181-182<br />

supplementary information 182<br />

Poisoning, human<br />

autopsy procedure 179-180<br />

scene procedure 179<br />

supplementary information 180-181<br />

victim procedure 179-180<br />

Powder<br />

drugs, sample size for analysis 183<br />

fingerprint 79, 82-83, 96<br />

gunshot, in tissue 139<br />

packaging considerations 8<br />

talcum, as cast release agent 72<br />

Powder pattern<br />

in clothing 69<br />

possible determinations 70<br />

Preservative<br />

blood samples 60, 174<br />

Pretrial conference v<br />

Printing, hand 218-219, 221<br />

Prints<br />

burglary 104<br />

footwear and tire 99-100<br />

Prints, footwear and tire 71-72<br />

photography 30<br />

procedure 100-101<br />

See also Impressions, footwear;<br />

Impressions, tire<br />

Psilocybe mushrooms 185, 192<br />

242<br />

packaging 185<br />

Q<br />

"Questioned," definition iv<br />

R<br />

Rape<br />

See Sexual offenses<br />

Reports<br />

stand in lieu of appearance<br />

at preliminary hearings v<br />

Restoring serial numbers 63<br />

Retaining frame<br />

casting impressions 72<br />

Revolver<br />

handling, marking, shipping 65, 67-69<br />

possible determinations 70<br />

Rifle<br />

handling, marking, shipping 66-69<br />

possible determinations 70<br />

S<br />

Saliva<br />

collection procedure 60-61<br />

evidentiary value 60<br />

Sample, standard<br />

See specific type of evidence<br />

Sand<br />

casting impressions in 72-75, 201<br />

photographing impressions in 38, 201<br />

vehicle engines, in 205<br />

See also Soil<br />

Sawdust<br />

See Wood<br />

Screwdriver, marks 119<br />

Sealing evidence 14-19<br />

heat sealing 14<br />

staples, and use of 15, 19<br />

tamper-proof tape 16-17<br />

tamper-proof adhesive strip 19<br />

tape and staples 15<br />

wax 15-16<br />

Seminal fluid<br />

as biohazard 2<br />

Seminal stains<br />

recovery 61-62<br />

sexual offenses, in 62, 166-167<br />

Serial number


estoration 63<br />

Serial numbers<br />

altered 63, 206<br />

computer seizure 234<br />

film for imaging 50<br />

Sexual assault<br />

autopsy procedures 140, 163<br />

bite marks 60-61, 166<br />

blood samples 166<br />

clothing 61-62, 163, 166<br />

evidence collection 163-167<br />

fabrics as evidence 166<br />

involving animals 167<br />

involving dead 167<br />

oral swabs 164-165<br />

pubic hair combings 163, 170<br />

pubic hair standards 164, 170<br />

saliva samples 164<br />

scene processing 165-167<br />

seminal stains 61-62, 166-167<br />

toxicology specimens 166<br />

trace evidence 166<br />

See also Sexual Assault <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

Collection Kit<br />

Sexual Assault <strong>Evidence</strong><br />

Collection Kit 141, 163, 168, 177<br />

Sexual offenses, unusual 167<br />

Shellac<br />

use with impressions 72<br />

Shoes<br />

arson investigations 196<br />

burglary investigations 110, 132<br />

glass fragments adhering to 113<br />

packaging 7-8, 132<br />

sawdust adhering to 117<br />

soil adhering to 203<br />

wood fragments adhering to 117<br />

See also Impressions; Prints,<br />

footwear and tire<br />

Shot patterns 69-70<br />

in tissue 138-139<br />

Shotgun<br />

handling, marking, shipping 68-69<br />

possible determinations 70<br />

Skid marks 205, 209<br />

Slide box, as packaging 9, 58-59<br />

Snow, impressions in 75-78<br />

Sodium fluoride 60, 166, 174, 210<br />

Soil 201-203<br />

arson, in 194<br />

casting impressions in 72-75<br />

evidentiary value 131, 201<br />

footwear, and 203<br />

grave sites 203<br />

hit-and-run 208<br />

packaging 202-203<br />

photographing impressions in 38<br />

questioned location 201<br />

recovery procedure 201, 203<br />

standard sample from cast 74<br />

trace evidence 196<br />

Standards<br />

document examination 215-216<br />

document, collected 220, 227-228<br />

document, packaging 223<br />

document, request 217-220<br />

typewriting 222<br />

State Laboratory of Hygiene<br />

See Toxicology<br />

Stomach contents<br />

animal, recovery 181-182<br />

human, recovery 146, 180<br />

Sulfur casting 75-78<br />

Synovial fluid<br />

as biohazard 2<br />

Syringes<br />

as biohazard 3, 184<br />

packaging 184<br />

T<br />

Tear matching 133-134<br />

(table) 134<br />

Telephone number<br />

crime laboratories iii<br />

Tissue<br />

autopsy recovery 139, 179<br />

fingernail scrapings, in 165<br />

shot or powder patterns in 139<br />

See Body fluids; Body organs and parts<br />

Tool marks 119-123<br />

burglary, in 104, 119<br />

casting 120<br />

evidentiary value 119<br />

film for imaging 50<br />

paint samples, and 125-126<br />

preservation 109, 120<br />

recovery 119, 109<br />

standards for comparison 121<br />

types and location 119<br />

243


types of investigations 119<br />

Tools<br />

arson investigation, and 194, 196<br />

burglary investigations, in 103-104<br />

evidentiary value 119<br />

fragments 104<br />

packaging 121<br />

recovery from scene 110<br />

standards for comparison 121<br />

trace evidence, and 109<br />

types of investigations 119<br />

See also Tool marks<br />

Tours vii<br />

Towing<br />

hit-and-run vehicle 211<br />

Toxicology 173-182<br />

alcohol and drugs 173-177<br />

animal poisoning, in 181-182<br />

autopsy specimens 137, 141<br />

autopsy, value in 173<br />

drugs and alcohol 173-177<br />

hit-and-run, in 209-210<br />

samples, where to submit 177-178<br />

sexual offenses, in 166<br />

specimen preservation 174<br />

specimens, when blood is<br />

in short supply 60<br />

State Laboratory of Hygiene 176-178<br />

testing: routine and special requests<br />

175-176<br />

where to submit (table) 177<br />

"Trace evidence," definition iv<br />

See also specific types of evidence<br />

Training programs vii, 27, 920<br />

Transmittal of Criminal <strong>Evidence</strong> form<br />

checklist for use 21, 22<br />

general 21-24<br />

Typewriter<br />

serial number restoration 63<br />

typewriting standards, and 215, 222<br />

See also Typewriting<br />

Typewriting<br />

possible determinations 215<br />

submittal procedures 222<br />

See also Typewriter<br />

U<br />

Universal precautions 1<br />

244<br />

Urine<br />

animal, recovery 182<br />

as biohazard 2<br />

clothing, in 131<br />

drugs and alcohol 173-174<br />

hit-and-run, in 210<br />

human, recovery 179, 180<br />

packaging 174<br />

poisoning, in 179-180<br />

sample storage 174<br />

V<br />

Vaginal secretions<br />

as biohazard 2<br />

Vaginal swabs<br />

sexual offenses, in 164<br />

Vehicle 205-213<br />

arson, in 196<br />

burglary, used in 104<br />

criminal damage to 205<br />

fiber transfer 131<br />

fingerprints 210<br />

fractured parts from 208<br />

hit-and-run, in 125, 126, 206<br />

impoundment 206, 211<br />

moving 211<br />

note in area of crime scene 5<br />

paint samples 207-208<br />

physical impressions left by 208<br />

repainted 206<br />

sketches of 212-213<br />

skid damage 205, 209<br />

soil, and 201<br />

stolen 206<br />

stripped parts, matching 206<br />

trace evidence on operating pedals 201<br />

See also Impressions; Prints,<br />

footwear and tire<br />

Veterinarian<br />

poisoning procedure 181<br />

Victim<br />

photography 28-31, 40-42, 136, 140,<br />

145<br />

recovery of body fluids and<br />

tissue from 71, 60, 61, 139,<br />

163-166, 174, 179, 180<br />

Video taping, Video tapes<br />

authentication 43<br />

duplicating 44


not recommended as exclusive<br />

recording medium 42<br />

procedures 43, 44, 53-56<br />

submitting 53-56<br />

usefulness 42<br />

Vitreous humor<br />

autopsy recovery , 180<br />

Vomitus, recovery 181<br />

W<br />

Water<br />

dilution of urine samples 174<br />

distilled - used in saliva recovery 61<br />

documents wetted 223<br />

drying wetted clothing 131<br />

evidence packaging, and 11, 12<br />

metal immersed in 63<br />

mixing dental plaster, in 73, 75<br />

Wood<br />

evidentiary value 117<br />

sawdust adhering to shoes 117<br />

submission procedure 117<br />

Wound areas<br />

autopsy procedure 138<br />

autopsy recovery 139<br />

photography at autopsy 31<br />

X<br />

X-rays<br />

autopsy 135, 137<br />

dental identification 147, 150-156<br />

superimposition, and 147<br />

to locate dislodged teeth or<br />

fragments 150<br />

unknown deceased identification 145<br />

245

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!